ru_tn/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	EZR	front	intro	fa5r			0		Introduction to Ezra Part 1: General Introduction Outline of Ezra The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70) The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22) More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36) The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44) What is the Book of Ezra about? The book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this, they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) How should the title of this book be translated? The book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.” Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations? Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland? Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”? The book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]]) Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened? Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
3	EZR	1	intro	dd25			0		Ezra 01 General Notes Structure and formatting The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea. Special concepts in this chapter King Cyrus King Cyrus allowed the Jews to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Jews After they returned to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
4	EZR	1	1	7nrv	writing-newevent	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת	1	И в… год	The word now introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5	EZR	1	1	ath4	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1	И в первый год Кира, царя Персии	The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6	EZR	1	1	qvp1		וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1	И в первый год Кира, царя Персии	This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
7	EZR	1	1	p6b4	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת	1	И в первый год	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, one, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
8	EZR	1	1	bns6	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙	1	Кира	Cyrus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9	EZR	1	1	xkd5	translate-names	פָּרַ֔ס	1	Персии	Persia is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10	EZR	1	1	t5sz	figs-metonymy	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1	слова Яхве	Here, word refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11	EZR	1	1	savk	figs-metonymy	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1	слова Яхве	What Yahweh had said specifically was that, after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12	EZR	1	1	l953	translate-names	יְהוָ֖ה	1	Яхве	Yahweh is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13	EZR	1	1	y7r9	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה	1	из уст Иеремии	Here, mouth represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “which Jeremiah announced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14	EZR	1	1	fn3a	figs-synecdoche	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1	возбудил Яхве дух Кира	Here the book uses one aspect of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put the desire to act into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15	EZR	1	1	cz5n	figs-metaphor	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1	возбудил Яхве дух Кира	Here the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he stirred up his spirit the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put the desire to act into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16	EZR	1	1	n59e	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר	1	и он объявил	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, he made … to be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17	EZR	1	1	yiq4	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	и он объявил по всему своему царству	He means Cyrus. In this context, the sound is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18	EZR	1	1	x1wz	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב	1	а также письменно	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is: Cyrus also put this decree in writing. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “and Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19	EZR	1	2	arwl	figs-informremind	יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	Яхве, Бог небес	Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
20	EZR	1	2	aqj5	figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Все царства земли	All is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “to be unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
21	EZR	1	2	zb3e	figs-idiom	נָ֣תַן לִ֔⁠י	1	дал мне	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the ruler over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22	EZR	1	2	dcb6		לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת־ל֣⁠וֹ בַ֔יִת	1	построить Ему дом	Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple”
23	EZR	1	2	eapm	figs-metaphor	בַ֔יִת	1	дом	House figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24	EZR	1	2	i909	figs-informremind	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1	в Иерусалиме, который в Иудее	Here Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
25	EZR	1	2	gmx4	translate-names	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1	в Иерусалиме, который в Иудее	Jerusalem is the name of a city, and Judah is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
26	EZR	1	3	xf34	figs-explicit	מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Кто у вас из всего Его народа	All could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as 1:5 indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27	EZR	1	3	fq6g	figs-idiom	יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠יַ֕עַל	1	пусть будет Бог его с ним и пусть он	Cyrus wishing that God will be with these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
28	EZR	1	3	hz9g	figs-idiom	וְ⁠יַ֕עַל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם	1	и пусть он поднимется в Иерусалим	Cyrus says go up because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29	EZR	1	3	k839	figs-informremind	לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה	1	поднимется в Иерусалим, который в Иудее	Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
30	EZR	1	3	gxbj	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙	1	дом Яхве	House figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31	EZR	1	3	o6x4	figs-informremind	יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1	Яхве, Бога Израиля, — того Бога, Который в Иерусалиме	Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
32	EZR	1	4	t7ux		וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	И каждый оставшийся из всех мест, где бы он ни жил, пусть ему помогают люди его места	The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for some readers because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. To make things clearer for your readers, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them”
33	EZR	1	4	fr03	figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר	1	И каждый оставшийся	This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word remaining refers to people who are remaining or left over from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “Any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34	EZR	1	4	vvzw	figs-idiom	מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1	из всех мест, где бы он ни жил	Sojourning means living somewhere other than in one’s native land. He means a Jew such as is described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
35	EZR	1	4	uoep		אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1	где бы он ни жил	Saying where and there together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.”
36	EZR	1	4	p5jk	figs-gendernotations	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	пусть ему помогают люди его места	It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term men here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
37	EZR	1	4	d9rn	figs-idiom	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙	1	пусть ему помогают	Lift here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
38	EZR	1	4	f6tk	figs-explicit	הַ֨⁠נְּדָבָ֔ה	1	добровольными приношениями	The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in 1:7–11. Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39	EZR	1	4	swvz	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1	для дома Бога, который в Иерусалиме	House figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions house, house of God, and house of Yahweh to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40	EZR	1	5	i39z	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ	1	И встали	The word then indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree … acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
41	EZR	1	5	kkxf	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ	1	И встали	In this context, the term arose means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then…started making preparations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
42	EZR	1	5	hgd0	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1	главы семейств	This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
43	EZR	1	5	v371		רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1	главы семейств	Among the Israelites, the expression father’s house or house of the father originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word house (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
44	EZR	1	5	bezo	figs-metaphor	רָאשֵׁ֣י	1	главы	Here, heads is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45	EZR	1	5	rt3n	translate-names	לִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן	1	Иуды и Вениамина	These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
46	EZR	1	5	s2yg	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ	1	и каждый, чей дух возбудил Бог	Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he stirred up their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
47	EZR	1	5	ywuq	figs-idiom	לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת	1	чтобы пойти	As in 1:3, the book says go up because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
48	EZR	1	6	ihv7	figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙	1	И все вокруг них	All is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “And the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
49	EZR	1	6	wwg6	figs-metaphor	חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	укрепили их руки	Here, hands figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50	EZR	1	6	sc2n		לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃	1	вдобавок ко всему добровольно жертвуемому	This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in 1:4. Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
51	EZR	1	7	bt1u	figs-explicit	כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו׃	1	сосуды дома Яхве, которые Навуходоносор вывез из Иерусалима, и поставил их в доме своих богов	Vessels refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in 1:9 and 1:10. The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
52	EZR	1	7	bwol	translate-names	נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙	1	Навуходоносор	Nebuchadnezzar is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
53	EZR	1	8	emq3	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1	И вынес их Кир, царь Персии, рукой… Мифредата	Here, hand figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
54	EZR	1	8	j32q	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1	И вынес их Кир, царь Персии, рукой… Мифредата	The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so Mithredath brought them out from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer, Mithredath, bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
55	EZR	1	8	m5w3	translate-names	מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1	Мифредата	Mithredath is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
56	EZR	1	8	wc54	translate-unknown	הַ⁠גִּזְבָּ֑ר	1	казначея	This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
57	EZR	1	8	w8rk	figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּסְפְּרֵ⁠ם֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1	и пересчитав, передал их Шешбацару	He means Mithredath, and them means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in 1:9 and 1:10. This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
58	EZR	1	8	wb5a	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1	Шешбацару	This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called Sheshbazzar here and in 1:11, 5:14, and 5:16, seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
59	EZR	1	8	qsti		הַ⁠נָּשִׂ֖יא לִ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1	правителю Иудеи	The book says in 5:14 that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah”
60	EZR	1	9	hu9c	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑⁠ם	1	И вот их число	This expression means this is how many there were of each kind of utensil (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
61	EZR	1	10	ja6u		כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים	1	серебряных чаш второго сорта	This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in 1:9.
62	EZR	1	11	z55f		כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַ⁠זָּהָ֣ב וְ⁠לַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת	1	Всех сосудов из золота и из серебра пять тысяч четыреста	This expression means the total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400. Verses 1:9 and 1:10 actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items because the last item on the list itself is other vessels. It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
63	EZR	1	11	i30r	figs-idiom	הַ⁠כֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1	Всё это взял Шешбацар при восхождении переселенцев из Вавилона в Иерусалим	Like the similar expression in 1:3, here the book says brought up and going up because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
64	EZR	1	11	kt84	figs-abstractnouns	הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1	переселенцев	The abstract noun exiles refers, in this context, to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
65	EZR	1	11	fi2e	translate-names	מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל	1	из Вавилона	Babylon is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
66	EZR	2	intro	rr42			0		Ezra 02 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Genealogy People had to prove through their genealogies that they were priests or that they were even Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
67	EZR	2	1	ezk9	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	1	сыновья области	The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
68	EZR	2	1	ponw	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	1	области	The province means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
69	EZR	2	1	byc2	figs-idiom	הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	1	восходящие	Went up means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “those who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
70	EZR	2	1	czrg	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל	1	из плена, переселенцы, которых Навуходоносор, царь Вавилона, переселил в Вавилон	The abstract nouns captivity and exiles refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “from being held in a foreign land after Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
71	EZR	2	1	evx5	figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠עִירֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	каждый в свой город	Here, a man means each one or each person. Alternate translation: “they went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
72	EZR	2	2	mxt0		אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם	1	кто пришёл с	This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “traveling with”
73	EZR	2	2	tmp8	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה	1	Зоровавелем, Иисусом, Неемией, Сараием, Реелаем, Мардохеем, Билшаном, Мисфаром, Бигваем, Рехумом, Вааном	These are the names of eleven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
74	EZR	2	2	z77p		מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃	1	Число людей народа Израиля	In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
75	EZR	2	3	i2m7		בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	Сыновей Пароша — две тысячи сто семьдесят два	This means that from the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout 2:3–42, after the name of each group and the number that is given.
76	EZR	2	3	gmbm	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	1	Сыновей Пароша	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
77	EZR	2	3	zew1	translate-names	פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	1	Пароша	Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
78	EZR	2	4	xs2j	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1	Сыновей Сафатии	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
79	EZR	2	4	zhh6	translate-names	שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1	Сафатии	Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
80	EZR	2	5	d4gc	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח	1	Сыновей Араха	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81	EZR	2	5	inj3	translate-names	אָרַ֔ח	1	Араха	Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82	EZR	2	6	qyea	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב	1	Сыновей Пахаф-Моава, из сыновей Иисуса, Иоава	Sons figuratively means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83	EZR	2	6	fw6a	translate-names	פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ	1	Пахаф-Моава… Иисуса	Pahath-Moab is the name of a man, and Jeshua and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
84	EZR	2	7	a6df	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם	1	Сыновей Елама	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85	EZR	2	7	ytv9	translate-names	עֵילָ֔ם	1	Елама	Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
86	EZR	2	8	ryuy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא	1	Сыновей Заттуя	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87	EZR	2	8	d53m	translate-names	זַתּ֔וּא	1	Заттуя	Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
88	EZR	2	9	nbic	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י	1	Сыновей	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89	EZR	2	9	da7k	translate-names	זַכָּ֔י	1	Закхая	Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
90	EZR	2	10	fo1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י	1	Сыновей Вания	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91	EZR	2	10	jcd8	translate-names	בָנִ֔י	1	Вания	Bani is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
92	EZR	2	11	ak1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י	1	Сыновей Бевая	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93	EZR	2	11	h16w	translate-names	בֵבָ֔י	1	Бевая	Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
94	EZR	2	12	bhyt	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד	1	Сыновей Азгада	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
95	EZR	2	12	rxn6	translate-names	עַזְגָּ֔ד	1	Азгада	Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
96	EZR	2	13	yr6e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1	Сыновей Адоникама	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97	EZR	2	13	uzn6	translate-names	אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1	Адоникама	Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
98	EZR	2	14	ptzp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י	1	Сыновей Бигвая	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99	EZR	2	14	qkv6	translate-names	בִגְוָ֔י	1	Бигвая	Bigvai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
100	EZR	2	15	u5zk	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין	1	Сыновей Адина	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
101	EZR	2	15	it7t	translate-names	עָדִ֔ין	1	Адина	Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
102	EZR	2	16	kk2c	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר	1	Сыновей Атера	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103	EZR	2	16	vui3	translate-names	אָטֵ֥ר לִֽ⁠יחִזְקִיָּ֖ה	1	Атера, у Езекии	Ater is the name of a man, and Hezekiah is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
104	EZR	2	17	qo8d	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י	1	Сыновей Бецая	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
105	EZR	2	17	t3k5	translate-names	בֵצָ֔י	1	Бецая	Bezai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
106	EZR	2	18	ghnw	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה	1	Сыновей Иоры	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
107	EZR	2	18	k95c	translate-names	יוֹרָ֔ה	1	Иоры	Jorah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
108	EZR	2	19	i6kg	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם	1	Сыновей Хашума	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
109	EZR	2	19	j9nm	translate-names	חָשֻׁ֔ם	1	Хашума	Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
110	EZR	2	20	r5bq	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר	1	Сыновей Гиббара	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
111	EZR	2	20	g26q	translate-names	גִבָּ֖ר	1	Гиббара	Gibbar is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
112	EZR	2	21	iu4s	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃	1	Сыновей Вифлеема — сто двадцать три	The list speaks here of the town of Bethlehem as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
113	EZR	2	21	j7z9	translate-names	בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם	1	Вифлеема	Bethlehem is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
114	EZR	2	22	v2ky	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּֽׁה׃	1	Людей Нетофы — пятьдесят шесть	Netophah is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Netophah, 56 returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115	EZR	2	23	l29x	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָֽה׃	1	Людей Анафофа — сто двадцать восемь	Anathoth is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Anathoth, 128 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
116	EZR	2	24	qlw7	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת	1	Сыновей Азмавефа	The list speaks here of the town of Azmaveth as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
117	EZR	2	24	d37s	translate-names	עַזְמָ֖וֶת	1	Азмавефа	Azmaveth is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
118	EZR	2	25	y9xa	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת	1	Сыновей Кириаф-Иарима, Кефиры и Беерофа	The list speaks here of the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
119	EZR	2	25	rw2o	translate-names	קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת	1	Кириаф-Иарима, Кефиры и Беерофа	Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
120	EZR	2	26	iyhq	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע	1	Сыновей Рамы и Гевы	The list speaks here of the towns of Ramah and Geba as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
121	EZR	2	26	k69y	translate-names	הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע	1	Рамы и Гевы	Ramah and Geba are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
122	EZR	2	27	m82a	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	Людей Михмаса — сто двадцать два	Michmas is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Michmas, 122 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
123	EZR	2	28	g96s	translate-names	אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃	1	Людей Вефиля и Гая — двести двадцать три	Bethel and Ai are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Bethel and Ai, 223 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
124	EZR	2	29	n7ir	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ	1	Сыновей Нево	The list speaks here of the town of Nebo as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
125	EZR	2	29	j5sn	translate-names	נְב֖וֹ	1	Нево	Nebo is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
126	EZR	2	30	m297	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ	1	Сыновей Магбиша	The list speaks here of the town of Magbish as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
127	EZR	2	30	kvd9	translate-names	מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ	1	Магбиша	Magbish is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
128	EZR	2	31	bv43	figs-personification	בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם	1	Сыновей… Елама	The list speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in 2:7.) Alternate translation: “From the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
129	EZR	2	31	sl5j	translate-names	עֵילָ֣ם	1	Елама	Elam is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
130	EZR	2	32	fqlf	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם	1	Сыновей Харима	The list speaks here of the town of Harim as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
131	EZR	2	32	ubs3	translate-names	חָרִ֔ם	1	Харима	Harim is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
132	EZR	2	33	ti5a	figs-personification	בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ	1	Сыновей Лидды, Хадида и Оно	The list speaks here of the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
133	EZR	2	33	e3tw	translate-names	לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ	1	Лидды, Хадида и Оно	Lod, Hadid, and Ono are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
134	EZR	2	34	eyhe	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ	1	Сыновей Иерихона	Here the list speaks figuratively of the city of Jericho as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “From the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
135	EZR	2	34	pt5k	translate-names	יְרֵח֔וֹ	1	Иерихона	Jericho is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
136	EZR	2	35	frxs	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה	1	Сыновей Сенаи	The list speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
137	EZR	2	35	ce4j	translate-names	סְנָאָ֔ה	1	Сенаи	Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
138	EZR	2	36	c52r		הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים	1	Священников	The priests were men chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
139	EZR	2	36	xd3k	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃	1	сыновей Иедаии, из дома Иисуса, — девятьсот семьдесят три	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
140	EZR	2	36	m352	translate-names	יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1	Иедаии… Иисуса	Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
141	EZR	2	36	u51b	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1	из дома Иисуса	Here, house describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
142	EZR	2	37	vauy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר	1	Сыновей Иммера	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143	EZR	2	37	u9p4	translate-names	אִמֵּ֔ר	1	Иммера	Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
144	EZR	2	38	fvt0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר	1	Сыновей Пашхура	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	EZR	2	38	w3dr	translate-names	פַשְׁח֔וּר	1	Пашхура	Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
146	EZR	2	39	jzxo	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם	1	Сыновей Харима	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147	EZR	2	39	g31h	translate-names	חָרִ֔ם	1	Харима	Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
148	EZR	2	40	tm51	translate-unknown	הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם	1	Левитов	The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
149	EZR	2	40	vug8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	сыновей Иисуса и Кадмиила, из сыновей Годавии	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
150	EZR	2	40	yu1j	translate-names	יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	Иисуса и Кадмиила… Годавии	Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
151	EZR	2	41	t56r	translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים	1	Певцов	The ones who sang refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
152	EZR	2	41	th1l	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף	1	сыновей Асафа	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153	EZR	2	41	wkzb	translate-names	אָסָ֔ף	1	Асафа	Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
154	EZR	2	42	xno0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1	Сыновей сторожей ворот	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155	EZR	2	42	i72w	translate-unknown	הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1	сторожей ворот	The gatekeepers refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
156	EZR	2	42	imn8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י	1	сыновья Шаллума, сыновья Атера, сыновья Талмона, сыновья Аккува, сыновья Хатиты, сыновья Шовая	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157	EZR	2	42	lyb8	translate-names	שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י	1	Шаллума… Атера… Талмона… Аккува… Хатиты… Шовая	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
158	EZR	2	43	fhw8	translate-unknown	הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	1	Нефинеев	The term Nethinim describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
159	EZR	2	43	nt2x		הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	1	Нефинеев	Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
160	EZR	2	43	m9ay	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃	1	сыновья Цихи, сыновья Хасуфы, сыновья Таббаофа	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through 2:54. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	EZR	2	43	tx4y	translate-names	צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת	1	Цихи… Хасуфы… Таббаофа	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
162	EZR	2	44	vl6i	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃	1	сыновья Кероса, сыновья Сиаги, сыновья Фадона	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
163	EZR	2	45	b5nu	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃	1	сыновья Лебаны, сыновья Хагабы, сыновья Аккува	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164	EZR	2	46	qx4z	translate-names	בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃	1	сыновья Хагава, сыновья Шамлая, сыновья Ханана	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
165	EZR	2	47	qg3y	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃	1	сыновья Гиддела, сыновья Гахара, сыновья Реаии	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
166	EZR	2	48	hw0m	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃	1	сыновья Рецина, сыновья Некоды, сыновья Газзама	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167	EZR	2	49	csjh	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃	1	сыновья Уззы, сыновья Пасеаха, сыновья Бесая	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168	EZR	2	50	pxdj	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃	1	сыновья Асны, сыновья Меунима, сыновья Нефисима	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
169	EZR	2	51	fd31	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃	1	сыновья Бакбука, сыновья Хакуфы, сыновья Хархура	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170	EZR	2	52	yoav	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃	1	сыновья Бацлуфа, сыновья Мехиды, сыновья Харши	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171	EZR	2	53	c1mt	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃	1	сыновья Баркоса, сыновья Сисры, сыновья Фамаха	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
172	EZR	2	54	r7cn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃	1	сыновья Нециаха, сыновья Хатифы	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:43, you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
173	EZR	2	55	kd7e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	Сыновья рабов Соломона	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
174	EZR	2	55	zx3k	translate-unknown	עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	рабов Соломона	By servants of Solomon, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
175	EZR	2	55	vt3s	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃	1	сыновья Сотая, сыновья Гассоферефа, сыновья Феруды	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through 2:57. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176	EZR	2	55	rnfm	translate-names	סֹטַ֥י…הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא	1	Сотая… Гассоферефа… Феруды	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
177	EZR	2	56	jtpw	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃	1	сыновья Иаалы, сыновья Даркона, сыновья Гиддела	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:55, you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178	EZR	2	57	f1lh	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃	1	сыновья Сефатии, сыновья Хаттила, сыновья Похереф-Гаццебайима, сыновья Амия	Sons figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from 2:55, you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179	EZR	2	58	y86d		כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	Всех нефинеев и сыновей рабов Соломона — триста девяносто два	Alternate translation: “Altogether, 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
180	EZR	2	59	fa24	figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	1	И вот взошедшие	As in 2:1, went up means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
181	EZR	2	59	kgcj	translate-names	מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר	1	из Тел-Мелаха, Тел-Харши, Херуб-Аддан-Иммера	These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
182	EZR	2	59	gd69		וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד	1	и не могли они рассказать	Alternate translation: “they had no records to prove”
183	EZR	2	59	ay8y	figs-parallelism	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם	1	о домах своих отцов и своём семени, от Израиля ли они	These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
184	EZR	2	59	jlej	figs-doublet	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	о домах своих отцов и своём семени	These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
185	EZR	2	59	an9o	figs-metaphor	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	о домах своих отцов	Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or house of their fathers originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
186	EZR	2	59	yqp3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	и своём семени	Here, seed is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
187	EZR	2	60	k7wr		בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	сыновья Делайи, сыновья Товии, сыновья Некоды — шестьсот пятьдесят два	Alternate translation: “Altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
188	EZR	2	60	v01g	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	сыновья Делайи, сыновья Товии, сыновья Некоды	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
189	EZR	2	60	xr2g	translate-names	דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	Делайи… Товии… Некоды	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
190	EZR	2	61	io29		וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1	И из сыновей священников	Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
191	EZR	2	61	heb8	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1	И из сыновей священников	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “And descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192	EZR	2	61	mpkp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1	сыновья Хабайи, сыновья Гаккоца, сыновья Верзеллия	Sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193	EZR	2	61	vg3t	translate-names	חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1	Хабайи… Гаккоца… Верзеллия	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
194	EZR	2	61	d6en		אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	который взял жену из дочерей галаадитянина Верзеллия	Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
195	EZR	2	61	bwy5	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙	1	из дочерей галаадитянина Верзеллия	Daughters figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196	EZR	2	61	cxge		וַ⁠יִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽ⁠ם	1	и был назван их именем	Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
197	EZR	2	62	yiq1	figs-activepassive	אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה׃	1	Они искали свою запись, родословную, и не нашли, и были исключены из священства	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests, and so they were not allowed to serve as priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
198	EZR	2	62	qt2w	figs-abstractnouns	וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה	1	и были исключены из священства	The abstract noun priesthood refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “And so they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199	EZR	2	63	d82e	translate-unknown	הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙	1	Тиршафа	This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “the Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
200	EZR	2	63	jyg6	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר…לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִ⁠קֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים	1	И сказал им… чтобы не ели от святыни святынь	The phrase the holiest holy food refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
201	EZR	2	63	e7bg	figs-metaphor	עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן	1	пока не встанет священник	Here, stood is a figurative way of saying that a person had assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202	EZR	2	63	n2du	translate-unknown	לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וּ⁠לְ⁠תֻמִּֽים	1	с уримом и с туммимом	This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
203	EZR	2	64	a73j	figs-idiom	כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃	1	Всё общество вместе — сорок две тысячи триста шестьдесят	The expression as one means all together. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
204	EZR	2	65	w7yu		מִ֠⁠לְּ⁠בַד עַבְדֵי⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠אַמְהֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֑ה	1	кроме их рабов и их рабынь — их семь тысяч триста тридцать семь	Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants”
205	EZR	2	65	i75w	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם	1	и у них двести певцов и певиц	This group of those who sang is a different group from those in 2:41. Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
206	EZR	2	66	t7kb		סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵי⁠הֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה׃	1	Их коней — семьсот тридцать шесть. Их мулов — двести сорок пять	Alternate translation, beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules”
207	EZR	2	67	mho1		גְּמַ֨לֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים׃	1	Их верблюдов — четыреста тридцать пять. Их ослов — шесть тысяч семьсот двадцать	Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
208	EZR	2	68	7aer	writing-newevent	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙	1	И некоторые из глав	The word and introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
209	EZR	2	68	r2vx	figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת	1	И некоторые из глав семейств	Heads of the fathers is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in 2:59. See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
210	EZR	2	68	cvyh	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙	1	И некоторые из глав	Here, heads is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And … leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
211	EZR	2	68	onqa	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	в дом Яхве, который в Иерусалиме… дому Бога	As in 1:3–4, the expressions house of Yahweh and house of God both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
212	EZR	2	68	fi3w	figs-personification	לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ	1	чтобы восстановить его на его месте	This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would stand in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
213	EZR	2	69	v744		לְ⁠אוֹצַ֣ר הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒	1	в сокровищницу на это дело	The work means the project of rebuilding the temple. The treasury was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
214	EZR	2	69	qh93	translate-bmoney	זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָ⁠אֶ֔לֶף	1	шестьдесят одну тысячу драхм золота	In ancient times, gold darics each weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
215	EZR	2	69	ln9c	translate-bmoney	וְ⁠כֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים	1	пять тысяч мин серебра	In ancient times, silver minas each weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
216	EZR	2	69	h3zd	translate-unknown	וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה	1	и сто священнических одежд	Tunics were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
217	EZR	2	70	w7fw		וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּם וּֽ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֞ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם׃	1	И жили священники, левиты и некоторые из народа, и певцы, и сторожа ворот, и нефинеи в своих городах, и весь Израиль — в своих городах	This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: priests in v. 36, Levites in v. 40, singers in v. 41, gatekeepers in v. 42, and Nethinim in v. 43. Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived”
218	EZR	2	70	gg6o	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	и весь Израиль — в своих городах	This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
219	EZR	3	intro	rp9a			0		Ezra 03 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Rebuilding the temple They immediately began the temple worship even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
220	EZR	3	1	us0g	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙	1	наступил… и	The word then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
221	EZR	3	1	lr47	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	наступил седьмой месяц, и	This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as 2:6 indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	EZR	3	1	h84e	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	седьмой месяц	Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
223	EZR	3	1	a2ka	translate-hebrewmonths	הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	седьмой месяц	You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
224	EZR	3	1	d1d0	figs-informremind	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים ס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	И… сыновья Израиля были в городах, и собрались люди… в Иерусалиме	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered … in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
225	EZR	3	1	vth3	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	и сыновья Израиля	Here, sons figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
226	EZR	3	1	hh94	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם	1	и собрались люди	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
227	EZR	3	1	hwv6	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד	1	как один человек	As one man is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
228	EZR	3	2	hbk8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1	И встал	The word then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once everyone had gathered, arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
229	EZR	3	2	s7ds	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1	И встал	In this context, the word arose means they took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then took action” or “Then carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
230	EZR	3	2	ua8i	translate-names	יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק	1	Иисус, сын Иоседека	Jeshua is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 2:2. Jozadak is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
231	EZR	3	2	o0k8	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים	1	и его братья священники	Here, brothers is likely a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
232	EZR	3	2	gq2e	translate-names	וּ⁠זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙	1	и Зоровавель, сын Салафиила	Zerubbabel is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 2:2. Shealtiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
233	EZR	3	2	j3ra	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	и его братья	Here, brothers appears to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders. The other seven men listed in 2:2 as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “and his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
234	EZR	3	2	yy1u	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְ⁠הַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ עֹל֔וֹת	1	и построили жертвенник Бога Израиля, чтобы возносить на нём всесожжения	This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
235	EZR	3	2	kqvh	figs-explicit	עֹל֔וֹת	1	всесожжения	The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
236	EZR	3	2	eg3w	figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֕וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1	как написано в Законе Моисея	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
237	EZR	3	2	gjpk	figs-informremind	מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	Моисея, Божьего человека	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
238	EZR	3	2	h7xj	translate-names	מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1	Моисея	Moses is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
239	EZR	3	3	mo49	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	И поставили жертвенник на его основание, потому что страх был на них от народов стран	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
240	EZR	3	3	t8y7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	И поставили жертвенник на его основание	This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would help make things clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
241	EZR	3	3	bk73	figs-explicit	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	потому что страх был на них от народов стран	The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242	EZR	3	3	n3m4	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	страх был на них	Here the book uses a spatial metaphor of dread or fear landing on or resting on the Israelites to express that the Israelites felt that emotion. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243	EZR	3	3	c33h	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	от народов стран	This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area who were originally from other places (lands) but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
244	EZR	3	3	a9a2	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	и вознесли на нём всесожжения Яхве, всесожжения утра и вечера	The word then at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
245	EZR	3	3	vc8u	figs-explicit	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	и вознесли на нём всесожжения Яхве, всесожжения утра и вечера	As 3:2 notes, God had commanded these daily offerings in the law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
246	EZR	3	4	pqln	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ	1	И устроили	The word then indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
247	EZR	3	4	iej2	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֖וֹת	1	И устроили праздник Шалашей	This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
248	EZR	3	4	q687	figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֑וּב	1	как написано	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
249	EZR	3	4	ka3d	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֔ר כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	и всесожжение изо дня в день, по числу, как установлено, — порядок дня в свой день	These expressions refer to the way the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “they offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
250	EZR	3	5	r95n	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן	1	а после этого	This phrase indicates that the activity it describes took place after the one it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “And from that time on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
251	EZR	3	5	yg77	figs-ellipsis	עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְ⁠לֶ֣⁠חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	постоянное всесожжение, и на новолуния, и на все святимые праздники Яхве, и для всех охотно приносящих добровольное приношение Яхве	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
252	EZR	3	6	x3mt	translate-ordinal	מִ⁠יּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙	1	С первого дня	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, one, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
253	EZR	3	6	cz5p	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְ⁠הַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1	они начали возносить всесожжения Яхве, а у храма Яхве ещё не был заложен фундамент	This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as “even though” between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
254	EZR	3	6	cip8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1	а у храма Яхве ещё не был заложен фундамент	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	EZR	3	6	qiw8	figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1	а у храма Яхве ещё не был заложен фундамент	This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
256	EZR	3	7	rmxu	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ	1	И давали	The word and indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And so they gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
257	EZR	3	7	y5sm	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1	И давали серебро каменотёсам и плотникам	The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In order to start building a new temple, they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
258	EZR	3	7	kpjx	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1	И давали серебро каменотёсам и плотникам	Gave is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “And they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
259	EZR	3	7	sqt7		וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף	1	И давали серебро	Silver here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in 2:69, the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “And they paid money”
260	EZR	3	7	hm3b	translate-unknown	לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים	1	каменотёсам	The term masons describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
261	EZR	3	7	q3ku	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1	и плотникам	The term carpenters describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
262	EZR	3	7	snzd	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1	и еду, и питьё, и масло сидонянам и тирянам	This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words they gave, earlier in the sentence, apply to this phrase as well. Gave would now have the sense of “sent,” since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “and they also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
263	EZR	3	7	i65c	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן	1	и еду, и питьё, и масло	While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. Food means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. Drink means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and oil probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “and grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
264	EZR	3	7	zqr4	translate-names	לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1	сидонянам и тирянам	These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
265	EZR	3	7	yj5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הָבִיא֩	1	чтобы они возили	This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
266	EZR	3	7	i1u7	translate-unknown	עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים	1	древесину кедров	The term cedar refers to large fir trees with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that were valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
267	EZR	3	7	zvt6	figs-idiom	מִן־הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא	1	из Ливана на море, в Яфу	The sea of Joppa is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
268	EZR	3	7	gq2g	translate-names	הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙	1	Ливана	Lebanon is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
269	EZR	3	7	kya8	translate-names	יָפ֔וֹא	1	в Яфу	Joppa is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
270	EZR	3	7	ze22	figs-activepassive	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	с разрешения Кира, царя Персии	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
271	EZR	3	7	tfm5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	с разрешения Кира, царя Персии	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as “and so.” Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
272	EZR	3	8	ayx1	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	И на втором году… во втором месяце	The word and at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “In the second month of the second year” You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events. Alternate translation: “Seven months later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
273	EZR	3	8	ze5c	writing-newevent	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה	1	И на… году	The word and introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
274	EZR	3	8	e0js	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	И на втором году… во втором месяце	Alternate translation: “in month two of year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
275	EZR	3	8	eh5s	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	во втором месяце	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
276	EZR	3	8	rs79	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם	1	И на втором году их прибытия в дом Бога в Иерусалиме	At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things: (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case, it would mean “In the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there.” or (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case, it would mean “In the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there.” You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277	EZR	3	8	y8bn	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	дом Бога	Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
278	EZR	3	8	ckj4	figs-explicit	בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	во втором месяце	The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as 3:7 describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
279	EZR	3	8	wwz8	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל	1	Зоровавель, сын Салафиила	Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in 3:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
280	EZR	3	8	fa38	translate-names	וְ⁠יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק	1	и Иисус, сын Иоседека	Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in 3:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
281	EZR	3	8	bzi5	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם ׀ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם	1	и остальные их братья, священники и левиты	Here, brothers seems to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel, the governor, and Jeshua, the high priest. Alternate translation: “and their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
282	EZR	3	8	hy61	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּאִים֙ מֵ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י	1	и все пришедшие из плена	The abstract noun captivity refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as 3:12 indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283	EZR	3	8	uyam	figs-ellipsis	הֵחֵ֡לּוּ	1	положили начало	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means “began to build a new temple.” You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
284	EZR	3	8	tliz	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ	1	и назначили	This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
285	EZR	3	8	hf5n	figs-idiom	אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	левитов от двадцати лет и выше	Here, son of 20 years and above is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
286	EZR	3	8	vyhg	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠נַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1	следить за работой в доме Яхве	In this context, the work of the house is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
287	EZR	3	8	jfho		בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1	в доме Яхве	See how you translated this expression in 1:3. Alternate translation: “a new temple for Yahweh”
288	EZR	3	9	b5al	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד	1	И встали	The word and indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So … helped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
289	EZR	3	9	s6i8	translate-names	יֵשׁ֡וּעַ	1	Иисус	Jeshua is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in 2:40 as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
290	EZR	3	9	up2g		בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ֠⁠אֶחָי⁠ו	1	его сыновья и его братья	The terms sons and brothers do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
291	EZR	3	9	r3rx	translate-names	קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל	1	Кадмиил	Kadmiel is is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in 2:40. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
292	EZR	3	9	sc2u		וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו	1	и его сыновья	Here as well, the term sons does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
293	EZR	3	9	w4q7	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙	1	сыновья Иуды	But here, sons does figuratively mean descendants. As 2:40 explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
294	EZR	3	9	mrij	translate-names	יְהוּדָה֙	1	Иуды	Judah is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 2:40. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295	EZR	3	9	xr9e	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד לְ⁠נַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה	1	И встали… как один, надзирать за выполняющими работу	As in 2:63, stood is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
296	EZR	3	9	myu1	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד	1	как один	As one is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
297	EZR	3	9	mgw2		הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	работу в доме Бога	As in 2:69 and 3:8, the work means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
298	EZR	3	9	ihtd	figs-explicit	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1	сыновья Хенадада, их сыновья и братья, левиты	The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translations: (1) “those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” or, (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
299	EZR	3	9	q6vn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1	сыновья Хенадада, их сыновья и братья, левиты	(1) Their could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case their brothers the Levites would be a figurative way of saying “their fellow Levites,” as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, their could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean “fellow Levites,” and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translations: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
300	EZR	3	9	nyal	translate-names	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם	1	сыновья Хенадада, их сыновья	The sons of Henadad seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. Their sons seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
301	EZR	3	10	zkmw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה	1	И заложили строители фундамент храма Яхве	The word and at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
302	EZR	3	10	w1j9	figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ…אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל	1	И заложили… фундамент храма	This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “And … set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
303	EZR	3	10	y39g	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת	1	и поставили священников, одетых, с трубами	As in 2:63 and 3:9, stand is a figurative way of saying that a person assumes the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “And they had the priests, wearing their sacred garments, come to the temple site and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
304	EZR	3	10	kh7e	figs-activepassive	מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים	1	одетых	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
305	EZR	3	10	dhpq	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם	1	и левитов, сыновей Асафа, с кимвалами	The book expects readers to know that the Levites of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph, sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
306	EZR	3	10	i9ce	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙	1	и левитов, сыновей Асафа	Here, sons figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307	EZR	3	10	fvas	translate-names	אָסָף֙	1	Асафа	Asaph is a man’s name. See how you translated it in 2:41. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
308	EZR	3	10	v35v	translate-unknown	בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם	1	с кимвалами	Cymbals are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
309	EZR	3	10	wpry	grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	чтобы славили Яхве по руководству Давида, царя Израиля	You could place this phrase before the one that describes how the priests and Levites were positioned, since it explains why the leaders put them in those positions. You could then show the connection by using a word like “so” to introduce the information about the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “To celebrate this occasion, the leaders wanted to worship Yahweh in the way that King David of Israel had commanded, so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
310	EZR	3	10	t64z	figs-metonymy	יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד	1	по руководству Давида	Here, the phrase the hands of David, the king is used figuratively to represent his authority to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
311	EZR	3	10	zb0l	figs-informremind	דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Давида, царя Израиля	Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
312	EZR	3	11	ajjk	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1	И запели они	The word then indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “once all the musicians were in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
313	EZR	3	11	bw1v		וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1	И запели они	They means the Levite singers. In response means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translations: “Then the Levites sang responsively” or “Then the Levites sang antiphonally”
314	EZR	3	11	hgd5	figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	потому что Он добр, потому что Его верная любовь над Израилем вовеки	These are at least some of the words that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, they may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or they may be the entire lyrics to a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that they are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
315	EZR	3	11	ut4a	figs-abstractnouns	כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	потому что Его верная любовь над Израилем вовеки	The abstract noun faithfulness describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. Covenant faithfulness refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “and Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
316	EZR	3	11	uqct	figs-activepassive	עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1	за то, что заложен фундамент дома Яхве	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
317	EZR	3	12	h0i1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים	1	И многие	The word but indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
318	EZR	3	12	cq1v	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת	1	и глав семейств	As in 1:5, this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of the father's houses.” Review the explanatory note to this phrase in 1:5 if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
319	EZR	3	12	d6gu	writing-background	הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת	1	стариков, которые видели… дом	This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
320	EZR	3	12	wzqy	figs-explicit	בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל	1	плакали громким голосом	The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translations: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
321	EZR	3	12	yarf	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	когда закладывался фундамент этого дома на их глазах	As in 3:6, founding means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. Eyes figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation the builders laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
322	EZR	3	12	xj13	figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙	1	первый дом… этого дома	As often in this book, house is a metaphor for temple. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323	EZR	3	12	rmy5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים	1	и многие	The word yet indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “but many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
324	EZR	3	12	d9tw	figs-idiom	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1	и многие поднимали голос криком, радостью	To be lifting up a voice is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
325	EZR	3	12	onuv	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1	и многие поднимали голос криком, радостью	The idea behind the abstract noun joy can be expressed with an adjective such as happy. Alternate translation: “But many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
326	EZR	3	13	isem	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין	1	И не мог	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … not differentiate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
327	EZR	3	13	fpsh	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1	И не мог народ отличить звука криков радости от звука плача народа, потому что народ кричал великим криком	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one could distinguish their cries from the sounds of weeping of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
328	EZR	3	13	u6pc	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1	И не мог народ отличить звука криков радости от звука плача народа, потому что народ кричал великим криком	In its first occurrence here, the phrase the people means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “Because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the sounds of people weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
329	EZR	3	13	rvdj	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠קּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְ⁠מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק	1	и звук был слышен издалека	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
330	EZR	4	intro	x878			0		Ezra 04 General Notes Structure and formatting The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Helping to build the temple The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
331	EZR	4	1	v368	writing-background	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ	1	И услышали	The word Now indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
332	EZR	4	1	miqb	figs-personification	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	1	Иуды и Вениамина	Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
333	EZR	4	1	i4dx	figs-hendiadys	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	1	Иуды и Вениамина	Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with and. Together, the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
334	EZR	4	1	vflf	figs-synecdoche	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל	1	И услышали… что сыновья переселения строят храм	Heard means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
335	EZR	4	1	syf6	figs-idiom	בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙	1	сыновья переселения	As indicated in 2:1 and 8:35, the phrase the sons of the exile refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
336	EZR	4	1	czf3	figs-informremind	לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Яхве, Бога Израиля	This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
337	EZR	4	2	dkbu	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ	1	И подошли они	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
338	EZR	4	2	spx4	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל	1	Зоровавелю	Zerubbabel is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 2:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
339	EZR	4	2	zcwc	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1	главам семейств	As in 1:5 and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
340	EZR	4	2	exyv	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	и сказали им: “Мы будем строить с вами	Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they said to the Jews, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
341	EZR	4	2	yrms	figs-idiom	נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	мы ищем вашего Бога	Here, seek is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
342	EZR	4	2	ffnu	figs-idiom	מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙	1	от дней Асардана	The term days is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
343	EZR	4	2	yx1s	translate-names	אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר	1	Асардана, царя Ассирии	Esarhaddon is the name of a man, and Assyria is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
344	EZR	4	2	to8y	figs-idiom	הַ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠נוּ פֹּֽה	1	который привёл нас сюда	These men say that Esarhaddon brought them up to this land because it is mountainous and, as 4:9 indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
345	EZR	4	3	gkli	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩	1	И сказал	The word but indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
346	EZR	4	3	xp3f	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֗וּעַ	1	Зоровавель, и Иисус	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 2:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
347	EZR	4	3	hbhq	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙	1	главы семейств	This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
348	EZR	4	3	cuza		רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙	1	главы семейств	See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
349	EZR	4	3	isv8	figs-idiom	לֹֽא־לָ֣⁠כֶם וָ⁠לָ֔⁠נוּ	1	Нельзя вам и нам	This expression is an idiom that means “it is for us alone.” Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
350	EZR	4	3	bl6x	figs-metaphor	בַּ֖יִת לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	дом нашему Богу	Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351	EZR	4	3	jpin	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּי֩	1	но	The word but indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as “no,” “rather,” or “on the contrary.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
352	EZR	4	3	jkgy	figs-exclusive	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	мы одни будем строить для Яхве, Бога Израиля	We ourselves here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. Together does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “it is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
353	EZR	4	3	vez9	figs-informremind	אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Бога Израиля	See the note to 4:1 about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
354	EZR	4	3	kqpr	figs-explicit	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1	как повелел нам царь Кир, царь Персии	It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people …may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
355	EZR	4	4	j0ej	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֙	1	И тогда	The phrase and it happened that introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
356	EZR	4	4	d9da	figs-idiom	עַם־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	народ той земли	This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in 4:9, whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
357	EZR	4	4	n1m9	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת	1	И тогда… стал ослаблять руки народа Иуды и устрашать их в строительстве	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
358	EZR	4	4	mih7	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	И тогда… стал ослаблять руки народа Иуды	Here, hands figuratively represents power and action, so making the hands weak means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
359	EZR	4	4	aq32		עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	народа Иуды	In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
360	EZR	4	5	ndut	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים	1	И нанимали против них советников	Counselors means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing the counselors to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “and bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
361	EZR	4	5	kd9a		לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑⁠ם	1	чтобы разрушить их план	Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
362	EZR	4	5	jlap	figs-idiom	כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1	во все дни Кира, царя Персии	Days is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
363	EZR	4	5	tq7w	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1	и до царствования Дария, царя Персии	Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors until Darius became king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
364	EZR	4	5	py4b	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	Дария	Darius is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
365	EZR	4	6	l93u	writing-newevent	וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙	1	И в царствование	The word then introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
366	EZR	4	6	o931	writing-background	וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙	1	И в царствование	This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
367	EZR	4	6	zxv3	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑⁠וֹ	1	И в царствование Ахашвероша в начале его правления	Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In 4:24 the book will bring readers back to where it left off in 4:5, and then, in 5:1, it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses 7–23). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in 4:1–3. Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
368	EZR	4	6	k3fy	translate-names	אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1	Ахашвероша	Ahasuerus is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
369	EZR	4	6	iaw6	figs-explicit	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	они написали обвинение на жителей Иуды и Иерусалима	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in 4:11–16, but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
370	EZR	4	6	z7sk	figs-abstractnouns	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה	1	они написали обвинение	The abstract noun accusation refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as accuse. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter of complaint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
371	EZR	4	6	o4k9	figs-metonymy	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה	1	они написали обвинение	The noun accusation might be referring figuratively to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter of complaint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
372	EZR	4	6	kzu9		יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	жителей Иуды и Иерусалима	In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
373	EZR	4	7	995w	writing-newevent	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י	1	И в дни	The word and introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
374	EZR	4	7	mmwa	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י	1	И в дни	This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
375	EZR	4	7	qdrm	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1	И в дни Артаксеркса	The term days is used figuratively here to refers to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
376	EZR	4	7	r5xb	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1	И в дни Артаксеркса	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
377	EZR	4	7	xw38	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1	Артаксеркса	Artaxerxes is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
378	EZR	4	7	x91s	translate-names	בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙	1	Бишлам, Мифредат, Табеел	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
379	EZR	4	7	zjhh		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר כנותו	1	и остальные их товарищи	The term companions here describes people who hold a similar position. Alternate translation: “and his other associates”
380	EZR	4	7	hdnj	writing-background	וּ⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	и письмо было написано по-арамейски и переведено по-арамейски	This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term interpreted does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
381	EZR	4	7	jl52	figs-activepassive	הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב	1	и письмо было написано	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these officials made sure was written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
382	EZR	4	7	ym9r	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	и переведено по-арамейски	We might expect that, logically, this phrase would come before the previous one, written in the Aramaic script, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through 6:18, is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
383	EZR	4	8	s8m7	translate-names	רְח֣וּם	1	Рехум	Rehum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
384	EZR	4	8	z7be	figs-idiom	בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם	1	Советник	This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
385	EZR	4	8	uu3t	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙	1	и… Шимшай	Shimshai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
386	EZR	4	8	hwq8	translate-unknown	סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	писарь	This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a scribe such as Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
387	EZR	4	8	l343	figs-metonymy	אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	такое письмо против Иерусалима	Here the book uses the term Jerusalem to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
388	EZR	4	8	kv6z	figs-metonymy	כְּנֵֽמָא	1	такое	The phrase as follows would ordinarily indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then 4:9 and 4:10 are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “and here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
389	EZR	4	9	kt23		אֱדַ֜יִן	1	Тогда	The Aramaic term then often introduces a new episode in a story. But the book is not continuing the story here. Instead, the book is quoting a document that begins with a list of names. So the term then might be introducing the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “from”
390	EZR	4	9	stkq	figs-quotemarks	אֱדַ֜יִן	1	Тогда	If the word then is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation. Perhaps you might use quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
391	EZR	4	9	vvp8	translate-names	רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם	1	советник Рехум	Rehum is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in 4:8. Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
392	EZR	4	9	shnl	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	и писарь Шимшай	Shimshai is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in 4:8. Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
393	EZR	4	9	d33e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א	1	и остальные их товарищи: динеи и афарсафхеи, тарпелеи	As in 4:7, the term companions here indicates people who hold a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394	EZR	4	9	t8pa	translate-names	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1	апарсы, арехьяне, вавилоняне, сусанцы, даги, еламитяне	These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395	EZR	4	9	yz8m	figs-explicit	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1	апарсы, арехьяне, вавилоняне, сусанцы, даги, еламитяне	These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
396	EZR	4	10	k64z		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יַקִּירָ֔⁠א וְ⁠הוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠קִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	и остальные народы, которых переселил великий и благородный Аснафар, и поселил их в городах Самарии и других за рекой	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in 4:9, Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River. ” or (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in 4:9, Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups in addition to the groups they belong to personally.
397	EZR	4	10	d6lu	translate-names	אָסְנַפַּר֙	1	Аснафар	Ashurbanipal is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
398	EZR	4	10	pu35	translate-names	עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	за рекой	Beyond-the-River is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
399	EZR	4	10	s4ki	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1	и так далее	And now is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In 4:11, 4:17, and 7:12, it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In 5:17, it comes near the end of a letter to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
400	EZR	4	11	a7sk	figs-aside	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1	Вот копия письма, которое они отправили ему	They means the men listed in 4:9. The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
401	EZR	4	11	lny4	figs-quotemarks	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1	Вот копия письма, которое они отправили ему	If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of 4:9, you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of 4:10, and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
402	EZR	4	11	v61f	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא	1	Артаксерксу	Artaxerxes is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
403	EZR	4	11	n6mp	figs-123person	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	твои рабы, люди за рекой	Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as your servants in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “from your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
404	EZR	4	11	uupo	figs-idiom	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	твои рабы, люди за рекой	In this context, men means people, so this phrase means people who live in Beyond-the-River province. But together with the preceding phrase, your servants, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
405	EZR	4	11	a2bi	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1	и так далее	As in 4:10, and now is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
406	EZR	4	12	bqu1	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	Пусть будет известно царю	These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
407	EZR	4	12	u168	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	Пусть будет известно царю	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
408	EZR	4	12	alqa	figs-idiom	יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ	1	иудеи, которые пришли от тебя	Here, as in several instances earlier in the book, went up means “traveled from Babylon to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as near you because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
409	EZR	4	12	ns5b		עֲלֶ֥י⁠נָא אֲת֖וֹ לִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	к нам, пошли в Иерусалим	Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
410	EZR	4	12	fu8s	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1	этот мятежный и злой город	Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
411	EZR	4	12	kke9	figs-doublet	מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1	мятежный и злой	Rebellious and evil mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
412	EZR	4	12	jr26	figs-parallelism	וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ	1	и стены они заканчивают, и фундамент чинят	Here, completing is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words repairing and completing together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” 5:11, and “to build this house and to complete this structure,” 5:3.) The term completing by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of build. Repairing could also mean digging out. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
413	EZR	4	13	daq3		כְּעַ֗ן	1	Теперь	The word now is similar to the expression “and now” in 4:10 and 4:11. Here, now introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
414	EZR	4	13	vkk4	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	пусть будет известно царю	As in 4:12, the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
415	EZR	4	13	cd84	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	пусть будет известно царю	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
416	EZR	4	13	wj7f	figs-parallelism	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	если этот город отстроят и стены закончат	These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in 4:12, completed is another way of saying built when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
417	EZR	4	13	wj57	figs-activepassive	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	если этот город отстроят и стены закончат	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “if the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
418	EZR	4	13	x47o	figs-doublet	מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן	1	то они не будут платить подать, налог и пошлину	Tax, tribute, and custom mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
419	EZR	4	13	pgs2	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק	1	и царская казна пострадает	The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural kings here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
420	EZR	4	14	ye9h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כְּעַ֗ן	1	Теперь	As in 4:13, the word now is similar to the expression “and now” found in 4:10 and 4:11. Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
421	EZR	4	14	m7yw	figs-idiom	מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא	1	мы едим соль дворца	This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
422	EZR	4	14	y5g9	figs-explicit	דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא	1	что мы едим соль дворца	The implication is that, because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423	EZR	4	14	uggy	figs-123person	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	поэтому мы посылаем и сообщаем царю	The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
424	EZR	4	15	mcvp	figs-123person	דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩	1	чтобы поискали	Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “may we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
425	EZR	4	15	fujm	figs-idiom	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1	в книге записей твоих отцов	Although book is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in 4:19 that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses 6:1–2 describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
426	EZR	4	15	u1i3	figs-metaphor	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1	в книге записей твоих отцов	Here**, fathers** figuratively means predecessors. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in 4:19, were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
427	EZR	4	15	zvmc	figs-doublet	וּ֠⁠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּ⁠סְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּ⁠א֮ וְ⁠תִנְדַּע֒	1	и ты найдёшь в книге записей и узнаешь	Discover and learn mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “The chronicles will certainly confirm for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
428	EZR	4	15	sa9b	figs-parallelism	דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א	1	что этот город — город мятежный, и он приносит вред царям и областям, и восстание делается внутри него от давних дней	These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “that the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “that the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute, long being a center of revolt ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
429	EZR	4	15	z1fu	figs-idiom	וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת	1	и он приносит вред	In light of the similar expression in 4:13, “and the revenue of the kings will suffer harm,” this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “and refused to pay tribute to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
430	EZR	4	15	iw58	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן	1	и областям	Here, provinces refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “and governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
431	EZR	4	15	au5i	figs-activepassive	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת	1	из-за чего этот город был разрушен	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
432	EZR	4	16	qw5y	figs-123person	מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	Мы сообщаем царю	These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
433	EZR	4	16	cr21		הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	если этот город будет отстроен и стены его будут закончены	See how you translated this expression in 4:13. (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
434	EZR	4	16	n9kz	figs-explicit	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	то после этого у тебя не будет владений за рекой	The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
435	EZR	4	16	keh5	figs-hyperbole	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	то после этого у тебя не будет владений за рекой	The expression no share for you likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
436	EZR	4	17	u66e	translate-names	רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙	1	советнику Рехуму	Rehum is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in 4:8. Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437	EZR	4	17	hja4	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	и писарю Шимшаю	Shimshai is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in 4:8. Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
438	EZR	4	17	qp5d	translate-names	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּ⁠שָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה	1	и остальным их товарищам, которые живут в Самарии, и остальным за рекой	As in 4:10, this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in 4:10, whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
439	EZR	4	17	rsd2	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	и остальным их товарищам	As in 4:7 and 9, the term companions here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their associates” or “and the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
440	EZR	4	17	oyb4		שְׁלָ֖ם	1	Мир	Peace was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
441	EZR	4	17	is3z	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽת	1	и так далее	As in 4:10 and 11, this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
442	EZR	4	18	nata	figs-explicit	נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕⁠א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑י⁠נָא	1	Письмо, которое вы прислали нам	The implication of the plural us is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter that you sent to the king and his royal officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
443	EZR	4	18	sza5	figs-activepassive	מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י	1	было внятно прочитано передо мной	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
444	EZR	4	18	bbxs	figs-explicit	מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י	1	было внятно прочитано передо мной	The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
445	EZR	4	19	bapj	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮	1	И мной	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
446	EZR	4	19	h6w5	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1	И мной был дан указ, и было расследовано	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “So I commanded my officials, and they searched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
447	EZR	4	19	rx6m	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1	И мной был дан указ, и было расследовано	The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles, and they investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
448	EZR	4	19	kzrh	figs-parallelism	דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1	что этот город… восставал против царей, и в нём делался мятеж и восстание	These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
449	EZR	4	19	eq5y	figs-idiom	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1	этот город… восставал против царей	That city means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression risen up against means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
450	EZR	4	19	wf0o	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1	этот город… восставал против царей	Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
451	EZR	4	19	y5eu	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1	и в нём делался мятеж и восстание	Rebellion and revolt mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
452	EZR	4	20	as5z	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם	1	И сильные цари были над Иерусалимом	These kings are described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “And powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
453	EZR	4	20	ewxu	writing-background	וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין	1	и правили	This word even introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact, rulers” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
454	EZR	4	20	vmb6		וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה	1	и правили всюду за рекой	Alternate translation: “in fact, they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
455	EZR	4	20	s7mv	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֽוֹן	1	и им платились подати, налоги и пошлины	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
456	EZR	4	20	bo7z	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ	1	и… подати, налоги и пошлины	See how you translated this phrase in 4:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
457	EZR	4	21	c4sp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כְּעַן֙	1	Теперь	The word now is similar to the expression “and now” in 4:10, 11, and 17. As in 4:13 and 4:14, it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
458	EZR	4	21	ie6i	figs-explicit	שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְ⁠בַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣⁠א אִלֵּ֑ךְ	1	дайте приказ остановить этих людей	These men means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of “the Jews who went up from near you” and who “have come to us at Jerusalem” (4:12). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
459	EZR	4	21	emg2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖⁠י טַעְמָ֥⁠א יִתְּשָֽׂם	1	и чтобы этот город не строился, пока мной не будет дан указ	So, at the beginning of this clause, indicates that the clause describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “because I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
460	EZR	4	22	xxy6	figs-litotes	וּ⁠זְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה	1	И остерегайтесь, чтобы не быть небрежными, делая это дело	This means “Do not neglect to act concerning this.” This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative expression, be careful of, that is, “avoid,” together with an expression, negligence of action, that is the opposite of the intended meaning, which is that Artaxerxes wants the officials to take action. Alternate translation: “Be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
461	EZR	4	22	snhn	figs-explicit	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Зачем увеличивать вред в ущерб царям?	The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter (4:14), and he would also lose revenue (4:13). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I and other kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
462	EZR	4	22	t7e7	figs-rquestion	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Зачем увеличивать вред в ущерб царям?	Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I should not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
463	EZR	4	22	kqp4	figs-123person	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Зачем увеличивать вред в ущерб царям?	As in 4:13, the plural kings here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in 6:4, and Darius speaks of himself that way in 6:8 and 6:10). Alternate translation: “Why should kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
464	EZR	4	23	nhx0	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֗יִן	1	Затем	The word then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
465	EZR	4	23	zq2h	figs-explicit	מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	после того как копия письма царя Артаксеркса была прочитана перед Рехумом и писарем Шимшаем, и их товарищами	The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to 4:18 for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as messengers from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates, and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466	EZR	4	23	cz5l	figs-activepassive	פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י	1	копия письма царя Артаксеркса была прочитана	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “messengers from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
467	EZR	4	23	djzh	translate-names	ארתחששתא	1	Артаксеркса	Artaxerxes is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
468	EZR	4	23	s349	translate-names	רְח֛וּם	1	Рехумом	Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
469	EZR	4	23	qu4l	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א	1	и писарем Шимшаем	Shimshai is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in 4:8. Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
470	EZR	4	23	eiff	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	и их товарищами	As in 4:7, 4:9 and 4:17, the term companions here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
471	EZR	4	23	vkzx		אֲזַ֨לוּ בִ⁠בְהִיל֤וּ לִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	они отправились поспешно в Иерусалим к иудеям	Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
472	EZR	4	23	yg0y	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	и остановили их силой и принуждением	The phrase an arm and strength expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word strength tells what kind of arm or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
473	EZR	4	23	ck1l	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	и остановили их силой и принуждением	Here, arm is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
474	EZR	4	23	v0na	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	и остановили их силой и принуждением	The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
475	EZR	4	24	kj9i	figs-explicit	בֵּ⁠אדַ֗יִן בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	Тогда остановилась работа над домом Бога, который в Иерусалиме	The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of 4:5. (If it would be helpful, review the note to 4:6. That note explains how the book tells of later events in 4:6–23 to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews tried, under later kings, to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
476	EZR	4	24	s03r	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠הֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א	1	и была остановленной	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
477	EZR	4	24	v4gi	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	Дария	Darius is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
478	EZR	5	intro	rn2j			0		Ezra 05 General Notes Structure and formatting The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Rebuilding the temple The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again to build the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
479	EZR	5	1	puq2	writing-newevent	וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י	1	И пророчествовали	The word then introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
480	EZR	5	1	buty	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י	1	И пророчествовали	The word then indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “At that time … prophesied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
481	EZR	5	1	fxco	translate-unknown	נביאי⁠א	1	пророки	A prophet is someone who speaks messages from God to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
482	EZR	5	1	bdb8	translate-names	וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙	1	и Захария, сын Адды	Zechariah is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
483	EZR	5	1	qgzx	translate-names	חַגַּ֣י	1	Аггей	Haggai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
484	EZR	5	1	zfch	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֥י בִ⁠יה֖וּד וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	И пророчествовали… иудеям, которые в Иудее и в Иерусалиме	The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to them specifically that they should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
485	EZR	5	1	gfey	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	во имя Бога Израиля	This expression means that Haggai and Zechariah made clear that they were speaking to the Jews on behalf of God, as if God were speaking through them. Alternate translation: “as messengers of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
486	EZR	5	1	ko7o	figs-informremind	אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Бога Израиля	As in 4:1, this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
487	EZR	5	1	gw8s	figs-metaphor	עֲלֵי⁠הֽוֹן	1	относительно них	God is described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488	EZR	5	2	hkqf	grammar-connect-logic-result	בֵּ⁠אדַ֡יִן	1	Тогда	Then indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
489	EZR	5	2	z38k	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙	1	Зоровавель, сын Салафиила	Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in 3:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
490	EZR	5	2	u7ce	translate-names	וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק	1	и Иисус, сын Иоседека	Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in 3:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
491	EZR	5	2	j3sv	figs-idiom	קָ֠מוּ	1	встали	In this context, the word arose means he took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
492	EZR	5	2	mz7h	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁרִ֣יו לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א	1	и начали строить дом Бога	Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
493	EZR	5	3	pmcm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	בֵּ⁠הּ־זִמְנָ⁠א֩	1	В это же время	The phrase at that time indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “when they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
494	EZR	5	3	kl9l	translate-names	תַּ֠תְּנַי	1	Фафнай	Tattenai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495	EZR	5	3	gs4x	translate-names	עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה	1	за рекой	Beyond-the-River is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in 4:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
496	EZR	5	3	xjkh	translate-names	וּ⁠שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י	1	и Шефар-Бознай	Shethar-Bozenai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
497	EZR	5	3	kq8c	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	и их товарищи	As often in the book, the term companions here indicates people who holds similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
498	EZR	5	3	zz1b		מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם	1	Кто дал вам указ	Alternate translation: “Who gave you permission” or “Who authorized you”
499	EZR	5	3	a23k	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לִ⁠בְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	строить этот дом и заканчивать эти стены	These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in 4:12, complete is another way of saying build when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
500	EZR	5	3	rp2r	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙	1	этот дом	Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
501	EZR	5	4	jznw	grammar-connect-logic-result	אֱדַ֥יִן	1	Тогда	The word then is indicating that Jews asked the question in this verse in a response to what their enemies asked them in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “In response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
502	EZR	5	4	jk0p	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֥יִן	1	Тогда	However, see the next note about the possibility that this verse should read “they said to them” rather than we said to them. In that case, this word is indicating that the enemies asked the question in this verse right after the question they asked in the previous verse. (The word is not indicating that the two questions were asked on separate occasions.) Alternate translation: “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
503	EZR	5	4	tp1s	translate-textvariants	אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔⁠א	1	мы… сказали им: “Как имена этих мужчин	Here, the Aramaic text reads we said but does not specify who “we” is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In 5:10, in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'Who are the men …?” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men” It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun “we” appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
504	EZR	5	5	ewqj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠עֵ֣ין	1	И глаз	The word but indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
505	EZR	5	5	gv23	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	И глаз их Бога был на старейшинах иудеев	Here, eye stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be alright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
506	EZR	5	5	mvci	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לָא	1	и не	The word and might indicate that the clause it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result … not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
507	EZR	5	5	eu4e	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ	1	и не остановили их, пока дело не дошло до Дария	They means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
508	EZR	5	5	udsx	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וֶ⁠אֱדַ֛יִן	1	и тогда	This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
509	EZR	5	5	y8gi		יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖⁠א עַל־דְּנָֽה	1	пришёл ответ об этом	They actually means Darius here. As in 4:18, the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
510	EZR	5	6	jbg5	translate-names	תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּ⁠שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙	1	Фафнай… и Шефар-Бознай	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 5:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
511	EZR	5	6	uq1x		וּ⁠כְנָ֣וָתֵ֔⁠הּ	1	и его товарищи	Alternate translation: “and their associates”
512	EZR	5	7	tqh1	figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	Царю Дарию мир во всём	Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
513	EZR	5	7	xf0z		לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	Дарию	Darius is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:5.
514	EZR	5	7	mho8		שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	мир во всём	As in 4:17, this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
515	EZR	5	8	sp27	figs-123person	יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	Пусть будет известно царю	These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
516	EZR	5	8	wizf	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	Пусть будет известно царю	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
517	EZR	5	8	nv7q		אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִ⁠יה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּ⁠א֙	1	мы ходили в область Иудеи	Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
518	EZR	5	8	avmn	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א	1	в дом великого Бога	This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say the great God because the Jews told them, as they report in 5:11, that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
519	EZR	5	8	nmq2	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְ⁠אָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּ⁠כֻתְלַיָּ֑⁠א	1	и он строится огромными камнями, и древесина закладывается в стены	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say who was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones and setting timber beams in the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
520	EZR	5	8	cgiz	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם	1	и работа эта быстро делается и продвигается в их руках	Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term diligently, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “And they are doing the work carefully and efficiently and successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
521	EZR	5	8	nzzw	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם	1	и продвигается в их руках	Here, hand figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
522	EZR	5	9	uee9	figs-quotemarks	מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	Кто дал вам указ строить этот дом и заканчивать эту стену?	This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
523	EZR	5	9	p8jz	figs-quotemarks	מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	Кто дал вам указ строить этот дом и заканчивать эту стену?	See how you translated this question in 5:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
524	EZR	5	10	okji		וְ⁠אַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְ⁠הֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֖ם לְ⁠הוֹדָעוּתָ֑⁠ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	А также мы спросили у них их имена, чтобы сообщить тебе, чтобы записать имена мужчин, которые у них во главе	Alternate translation: “And we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you, in writing, the names of the men who were their leaders”
525	EZR	5	10	qn28	figs-metaphor	גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	мужчин, которые у них во главе	Here, head is a figurative way of saying leader. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
526	EZR	5	11	f9fm	figs-quotemarks	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	Мы рабы Бога небес и земли	Starting here, and through 5:16, there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
527	EZR	5	11	m5y2	figs-idiom	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	Мы рабы Бога небес и земли	The Jewish leaders describe themselves as servants of God because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
528	EZR	5	11	r5fg	figs-explicit	אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	Бога небес и земли	The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “is the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
529	EZR	5	11	a1ui	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙	1	и мы отстраиваем дом	House means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the “house of God,” a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “and we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
530	EZR	5	11	y9hr	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ	1	и который строил и закончил великий царь Израиля	In this section of the book, completed is another way of saying built when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at 4:12 if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
531	EZR	5	12	mnpe	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	לָהֵ֗ן	1	Но	The word however indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “unfortunately” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
532	EZR	5	12	un5r	figs-metaphor	מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	1	из-за того, что наши отцы прогневали Бога небес	Here, fathers figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
533	EZR	5	12	pqp8	figs-metaphor	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	Он отдал их в руку Навуходоносора	Here, hand figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
534	EZR	5	12	cy4x	figs-metonymy	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	Он отдал их в руку Навуходоносора	Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed them to be conquered by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
535	EZR	5	12	lfdn	translate-names	נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל	1	Навуходоносора, царя Вавилона	Nebuchadnezzar is the name of a man, and Babylon is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
536	EZR	5	12	soz8	figs-informremind	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	халдея	Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
537	EZR	5	12	wqnc	translate-names	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	халдея	Chaldean is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
538	EZR	5	12	sgt7	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַיְתָ֤⁠ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ	1	и дом этот он разрушил	As in 5:11, house seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “house of God” or “temple.” Alternate translation: “and Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
539	EZR	5	13	e3wn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	בְּרַם֙	1	Однако	The word but indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
540	EZR	5	13	fnbe	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	в первый год Кира	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, one, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
541	EZR	5	13	t6xc	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	Кира	Cyrus is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 1:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
542	EZR	5	13	g9o0	figs-explicit	מַלְכָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל	1	царя Вавилона	Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title king of Babylon. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
543	EZR	5	14	q6am		וְ֠⁠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר	1	А также золотые и серебряные сосуды дома Бога, которые Навуходоносор вынес из храма, который в Иерусалиме, и отнёс их в храм, который в Вавилоне, — их царь Кир вынес из храма, который в Вавилоне, и передал… Шешбацаром	This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because, in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence into three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to Sheshbazzar”
544	EZR	5	14	ukn9	translate-unknown	מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮	1	сосуды дома Бога	This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in 1:9–10. These vessels were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
545	EZR	5	14	qsv0	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙	1	и передал	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
546	EZR	5	14	w7ix	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר	1	Шешбацаром	Sheshbazzar is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 1:8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
547	EZR	5	15	kwvp	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠אֲמַר	1	И сказал	The elders use the word then to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
548	EZR	5	15	pdri	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠אֲמַר־לֵ֓⁠הּ	1	И сказал ему	This means “Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar.” What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
549	EZR	5	15	q6r3	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	И пусть строится дом Бога на своём месте	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
550	EZR	5	16	x9zt	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֨יִן֙	1	Тогда	The elders use the word then to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
551	EZR	5	16	batc		שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א	1	этот Шешбацар пришёл	The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
552	EZR	5	16	iuxm		וּ⁠מִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְ⁠עַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	и с того времени и до сих пор он строится и не закончен	In several places the book uses the terms built and complete to mean constructed. (Review the note about this at 5:11 if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after not, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “And ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
553	EZR	5	16	d7m8	figs-activepassive	מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	он строится и не закончен	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
554	EZR	5	16	myr8	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	и не закончен	Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in 5:11 to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
555	EZR	5	17	f4m4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן	1	И теперь	As in 4:10 and 4:11, and now is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
556	EZR	5	17	kviz	figs-idiom	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	если царю угодно	This is an idiom that means “if the king thinks this is a good idea” or “if this advice is acceptable to the king.” Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
557	EZR	5	17	hlsk	figs-123person	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	если царю угодно	Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
558	EZR	5	17	abm5	figs-activepassive	יִ֠תְבַּקַּר	1	пусть расследуют	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
559	EZR	5	17	gidq	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜⁠א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א	1	в сокровищнице царя	6:1 explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house metaphorically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
560	EZR	5	17	vii9	figs-activepassive	הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	правда ли, что царём Киром был издан указ строить этот дом Бога в Иерусалиме	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
561	EZR	5	17	fzez	figs-123person	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	и пусть пришлют нам волю царя об этом деле	Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “Please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
562	EZR	5	17	ieh1	figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	и… нам волю царя об этом деле	Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in 5:7 to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
563	EZR	6	intro	y5d8			0		Ezra 06 General Notes Structure and formatting The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Temple taxes The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Darius In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reason that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
564	EZR	6	1	cmmn	grammar-connect-logic-result	בֵּ⁠אדַ֛יִן	1	Тогда	The word then indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
565	EZR	6	1	spf8	figs-explicit	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1	царь Дарий дал приказ, и было расследовано	The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
566	EZR	6	1	pb3s	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	Дарий	Darius is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
567	EZR	6	1	dze3	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	в доме книг, куда кладут сокровища	This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
568	EZR	6	1	ekf1	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	в доме книг, куда кладут сокровища	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
569	EZR	6	1	p41w	figs-idiom	תַּמָּ֖ה בְּ⁠בָבֶֽל	1	куда… в Вавилоне	This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, Babylon must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
570	EZR	6	2	vcxt	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח	1	И был найден	The word and indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
571	EZR	6	2	gfa8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה	1	И был найден… один свиток	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
572	EZR	6	2	f8w5	translate-names	בְּ⁠אַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּ⁠מָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖⁠ה	1	в Екбатане… который в области Мидия	Ecbatana is the name of a city, and Media is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
573	EZR	6	3	i2dk	figs-quotemarks	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	В первый год царя Кира	Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
574	EZR	6	3	ev3b	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	В первый год царя Кира	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, one, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “ In the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
575	EZR	6	3	lyht	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ	1	Кира	Cyrus is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 1:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576	EZR	6	3	gi3x	figs-quotemarks	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א	1	пусть отстроят дом	Starting here, and through 6:5, there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
577	EZR	6	3	uzdu	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	пусть отстроят дом… и пусть заложат его фундамент	Built and maintained mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
578	EZR	6	3	wuej	figs-activepassive	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	пусть отстроят дом… и пусть заложат его фундамент	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
579	EZR	6	3	x11q	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א	1	дом	Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
580	EZR	6	3	ts4a	translate-bdistance	רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין	1	его высота шестьдесят локтей, его ширина шесть локтей	If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “The temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
581	EZR	6	4	q3hv	figs-explicit	נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְ⁠נִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת	1	три ряда больших камней и ряд новой древесины	It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and it is to be built of wood and stone just like the original one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
582	EZR	6	4	tny3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	а расходы пусть платятся из дома царя	Here, house figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. House is a metaphor for property, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension, everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
583	EZR	6	4	yh2n	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	а расходы пусть платятся из дома царя	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
584	EZR	6	4	wjxj	figs-123person	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	а расходы пусть платятся из дома царя	Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
585	EZR	6	5	ujut		מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן	1	золотые и серебряные сосуды дома Бога, которые Навуходоносор вынес из храма, который в Иерусалиме, и привёз в Вавилон, пусть вернут	See how you translated the very similar sentence in 5:14. If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the order of the phrases of this sentence. Alternate translation: “return to the Jews the gold and silver objects which Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought to Babylon”
586	EZR	6	5	vlhj	figs-activepassive	מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן	1	сосуды… пусть вернут	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
587	EZR	6	5	bwim	translate-unknown	מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮	1	сосуды дома Бога	Vessels specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in 1:9–10. These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
588	EZR	6	5	wl8e	figs-parallelism	וִ֠⁠יהָךְ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְ⁠אַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	и отвезут в храм, который в Иерусалиме, на своё место, и поставь в доме Бога	These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong in the house of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
589	EZR	6	5	vo0d	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	и поставь в доме Бога	Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of 6:3 to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
590	EZR	6	5	xrzz	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	и поставь в доме Бога	Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of 6:3 to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
591	EZR	6	6	f9x5	figs-ellipsis	כְּעַ֡ן	1	Итак	Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then warned them, “Now Tattaenai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
592	EZR	6	6	ks97	figs-quotemarks	כְּעַ֡ן	1	Итак	Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
593	EZR	6	6	wtim	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כְּעַ֡ן	1	Итак	As in 4:13, 4:14, and 4:21, now introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression “and now” in 4:10, 4:11, 4:17, and 5:17.) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
594	EZR	6	6	qpqv	figs-123person	תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	1	Фафнай, начальник областей за рекой, и Шефар-Бознай, и ваши товарищи афарсахеи, которые за рекой, держитесь подальше оттуда	Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say your companions, in the second person, rather than their companions, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in 4:11–16, 4:17–22, and 5:7–17, the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
595	EZR	6	6	xd9g	translate-names	תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙	1	Фафнай… и Шефар-Бознай	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 5:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
596	EZR	6	6	xk9x		וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	и ваши товарищи	Alternate translation: “and their associates” or “and your associates”
597	EZR	6	6	akg1	figs-metaphor	רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	1	держитесь подальше оттуда	King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as 4:5 describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
598	EZR	6	7	k1ks	figs-parallelism	שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַ⁠עֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	1	Оставьте в покое работу этого дома Бога	This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in 6:6. Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
599	EZR	6	7	xw40		בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	Пусть… отстроят этот дом Бога на своём месте	As in 5:15, this expression means “rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
600	EZR	6	8	ci97	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	1	И мной даётся указ о том, что вам делать с этими старейшинами иудеев, чтобы отстроить этот дом Бога	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
601	EZR	6	8	njb9	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛⁠א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְ⁠גֻבְרַיָּ֥⁠א אִלֵּ֖ךְ	1	и пусть этим мужчинам немедленно будут оплачены расходы из имущества царя, из налогов за рекой	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
602	EZR	6	8	te7b	figs-123person	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	и… из имущества царя	Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “And from my royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
603	EZR	6	8	xfsc	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	чтобы не останавливать	It here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, not, together with a word, stop, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
604	EZR	6	8	yolo		דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	чтобы не останавливать	However, since the book uses the term stop when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in 4:21, 4:23, 4:24, and 5:5, you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
605	EZR	6	9	ouqv	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם	1	И сколько им нужно детёнышей быков, и баранов, и ягнят для всесожжения Богу небес, пшеницы, соли, вина и масла, по слову священников, которые в Иерусалиме, пусть будет выдаваться им изо дня в день	This sentence, like the one in 5:14, may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up into four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse 10. You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606	EZR	6	9	kf3e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין	1	детёнышей быков	This expression refers to young bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
607	EZR	6	9	fn3z		לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן	1	для всесожжения	See how you translated this in 3:2. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”
608	EZR	6	9	zxb9		לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א	1	Богу небес	See how you translated this expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
609	EZR	6	9	n37a	figs-idiom	י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם	1	изо дня в день	Day by day is an idiom that means every day or every single day. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
610	EZR	6	9	wlto	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ	1	непременно	Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
611	EZR	6	10	it87	grammar-connect-logic-goal	דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א וּ⁠מְצַלַּ֕יִן לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	чтобы они приносили благоухания Богу небес и молились о жизни царя и его сыновей	In this phrase, Darius explains the purpose for which he is commanding the actions described in the previous part of this sentence, in 6:9. If you decided to break that verse into three sentences, you can make this verse a fourth sentence of its own. If it would be clearer in your language, you also could use a term such as “that way” to indicate that Darius is explaining his purpose here. Alternate translation: “that way, the priests can continually offer sweet-smelling sacrifices to the God who rules in heaven and pray that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
612	EZR	6	10	mchh		לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	Богу небес	See how you translated this expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
613	EZR	6	10	xq28	figs-123person	לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	о жизни царя и его сыновей	Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
614	EZR	6	10	a820	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	и его сыновей	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean the biological sons of King Darius. Alternate translation: “my sons” (2) Sons could figuratively mean descendants, and specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to 4:15 explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their “fathers,” so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their “sons.” Alternate translation: “his successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
615	EZR	6	11	em18	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י	1	И мной даётся указ, чтобы	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
616	EZR	6	11	zdzd	figs-idiom	כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣⁠א דְנָ֔ה	1	любой человек, который изменит это слово	Change could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. 6:12 suggests that changing could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
617	EZR	6	11	uqt8	figs-explicit	יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠זְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑⁠הִי	1	пусть из его дома вытянут бревно, и он будет поднят и повешен на нём	This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, and he is to be suspended in the air on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
618	EZR	6	11	w334	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה	1	а его дом за это превратят в развалины	The expression rubbish heap means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
619	EZR	6	11	i9yf	figs-activepassive	יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔⁠הּ…וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד	1	пусть из его дома вытянут бревно… а его дом… превратят в развалины	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house and demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
620	EZR	6	12	eirc	figs-personification	וֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	И Бог, Который поселил Своё имя там, пусть свергнет	Darius speaks of God’s name here as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase echoes Jewish usage, which Darius may be following deliberately to show his respect for the God whose temple he wants to be rebuilt. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. Alternate translation: “And may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
621	EZR	6	12	bajr	figs-metonymy	וֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	И Бог, Который поселил Своё имя там, пусть свергнет	Here, name is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “And may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
622	EZR	6	12	jqt7	figs-idiom	יְמַגַּ֞ר	1	пусть свергнет	This is an idiom that means destroy. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
623	EZR	6	12	e5ta	figs-idiom	כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗⁠הּ	1	любого царя и народ, который протянет руку	Here the expression “who stretches out his hand” means to seek to do harm. Alternate translation: “any king or people who, with harmful intent, attempts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
624	EZR	6	12	mn8y	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְ⁠חַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ	1	чтобы изменить, чтобы разрушить этот дом Бога	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (2) It could mean that no one is to try to change the decree of Darius, in the sense of disobeying or defying, as in the previous verse, so that they can destroy the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
625	EZR	6	12	y3sn	figs-informremind	דִּ֣י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	который в Иерусалиме	Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
626	EZR	6	12	hjya	figs-activepassive	אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד	1	Я, Дарий, издал указ, пусть выполняется усердно	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
627	EZR	6	12	yf8s	translate-names	דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙	1	Дарий	Darius is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
628	EZR	6	12	a8x8	figs-quotemarks	אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד	1	пусть выполняется усердно	Here the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in 6:6 to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
629	EZR	6	13	x0id	grammar-connect-logic-result	אֱ֠דַיִן	1	Тогда	The word then indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “In response,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
630	EZR	6	13	alm6	translate-names	תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י	1	Фафнай… Шефар-Бознай	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 5:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
631	EZR	6	13	cdp6		וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	и их товарищи	Alternate translation: “and their associates”
632	EZR	6	13	pg74	figs-explicit	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛⁠א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ	1	действовали так усердно, как приказал царь Дарий	The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
633	EZR	6	14	pxrv	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֤י	1	И старейшины	The word and indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
634	EZR	6	14	iu9r	figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּ⁠מַצְלְחִ֔ין	1	И старейшины иудеев строили и преуспевали	The phrase building and prospering expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word building tells what the elders prospered or succeeded in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And the Jewish leaders were rebuilding the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
635	EZR	6	14	mibx	figs-explicit	בִּ⁠נְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביא⁠ה וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא	1	через пророчество пророка Аггея и Захарии, сына Адды	As in 5:1, the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636	EZR	6	14	l5ag	translate-names	חַגַּ֣י	1	Аггея	Haggai is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 5:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
637	EZR	6	14	tetn	translate-names	וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא	1	и Захарии, сына Адды	Zechariah is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in 5:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
638	EZR	6	14	s1jd	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ	1	И строили, и закончили	As in 5:11, the words built and completed connected with and express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, “completed” is another way of saying “built.” (Review the note about this at 4:12 if that would be helpful.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
639	EZR	6	14	d77p	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ	1	И строили, и закончили	The implication is that what the Jewish leaders built and completed, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
640	EZR	6	14	mgzk	figs-metaphor	מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	по велению Бога Израиля	Here the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a decree or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641	EZR	6	14	j4jr	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִ⁠טְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס	1	и по указу Кира, и Дария, и Артаксеркса, царя Персии	Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus (1:2–4) and King Darius (6:6–12) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in 4:7–23, there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in 7:12–26. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia later decreed that they should finish the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
642	EZR	6	14	e83b	figs-informremind	כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס	1	Кира, и Дария, и Артаксеркса, царя Персии	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase the king of Persia applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
643	EZR	6	14	fwlf	translate-names	כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא	1	Кира, и Дария, и Артаксеркса	These are the names of men. See how you translated them in 1:1, 4:5, and 4:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
644	EZR	6	15	zqs3	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שֵׁיצִיא֙	1	И был завершён	The word and indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they finished building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
645	EZR	6	15	q4v5	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠שֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֔ה	1	И был завершён дом этот	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders finished rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
646	EZR	6	15	mz6f	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֔ה	1	дом этот	As in 5:3, house here is a figurative way of saying temple. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
647	EZR	6	15	c1qx	translate-ordinal	עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִ⁠ירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר	1	к третьему дню месяца Адара	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, three, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, third, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
648	EZR	6	15	i2k0	translate-hebrewmonths	עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִ⁠ירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר	1	к третьему дню месяца Адара	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
649	EZR	6	15	bhp9	translate-ordinal	שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	шестой год царствования царя Дария	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, six, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, sixth, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
650	EZR	6	16	xnpw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ	1	И совершили	The word and indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as then. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
651	EZR	6	16	ajjz	figs-metaphor	בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל	1	сыновья Израиля	Sons figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
652	EZR	6	16	cq1q	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗⁠א	1	и остальные сыновья переселения	As indicated in 2:1 and 8:35, the phrase the sons of the exile refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “and the Jews who had returned from exile” or “and the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
653	EZR	6	16	z1u1	figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה בְּ⁠חֶדְוָֽה	1	И совершили… освящение этого дома Бога с радостью	The abstract noun dedication refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
654	EZR	6	17	iel9	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הַקְרִ֗בוּ לַ⁠חֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דְנָה֒	1	И принесли на освящение этого дома Бога	As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun dedication refers to a special ceremony that the Israelites conducted. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate.” Alternate translation: “As they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
655	EZR	6	17	r49v	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּ⁠צְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין ל⁠חטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר	1	И принесли… сто быков, двести баранов, четыреста ягнят, и в жертву за грех… двенадцать козлов	The implication, as 6:9 indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to 3:2 about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
656	EZR	6	17	j5b6	figs-idiom	וּ⁠צְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין	1	и… козлов	A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, bucks of goats, means the same thing as male goats in 8:35 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
657	EZR	6	17	quwd	figs-explicit	וּ⁠צְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְ⁠מִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	и… двенадцать козлов по числу племён Израиля	The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
658	EZR	6	18	r0gx	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠הֲקִ֨ימוּ	1	И поставили	The word and indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
659	EZR	6	18	zkjf	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠הֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜⁠א…וְ⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א֙	1	И поставили священников… и левитов	Here, stand is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “And they appointed the priests and Levites to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
660	EZR	6	18	iix1	figs-explicit	כָהֲנַיָּ֜⁠א בִּ⁠פְלֻגָּתְ⁠ה֗וֹן וְ⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א֙ בְּ⁠מַחְלְקָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	священников по их частям, и левитов по их группам	The book assumes that readers will know that these divisions and sections were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They appointed that priests and the Levites to serve in the temple in groups for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
661	EZR	6	18	ba06	figs-metaphor	עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	на службу Бога в Иерусалиме	Here the book describes God in a spatial metaphor as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
662	EZR	6	18	vt19		כִּ⁠כְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה	1	как написано в книге Моисея	Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the law of Moses”
663	EZR	6	19	g898	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑סַח	1	И совершили Пасху сыновья переселения	The phrase at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As 6:20 explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “As a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
664	EZR	6	19	gdi0	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ	1	И совершили	The word and introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
665	EZR	6	19	iy2d	figs-idiom	בְנֵי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֖ה	1	сыновья переселения	See how you translated this expression in 6:16. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
666	EZR	6	19	hfmy	translate-unknown	אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑סַח	1	Пасху	Passover is the name of a religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
667	EZR	6	19	jw76	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	четырнадцатого числа первого месяца	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, 14, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, fourteenth, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
668	EZR	6	19	j6lm	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	четырнадцатого числа первого месяца	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
669	EZR	6	19	k52r	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	четырнадцатого числа первого месяца	This means the first month of the following year. Since Adar is the last month in the Jewish calendar, this was only a few weeks after the temple was finished. The implication is that the Jewish leaders had been able to complete that work and install the priests and Levites in time to celebrate this festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “only a few weeks later, on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
670	EZR	6	20	ibwf	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	потому что	The word for indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason why the action described in the previous sentence was possible. Alternate translation: “They were able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
671	EZR	6	20	ahmg	figs-idiom	הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֛ם כְּ⁠אֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣⁠ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים	1	священники и левиты, как один, очистились, — все они были чистыми	As in 3:9, as one is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
672	EZR	6	20	rjm2	figs-parallelism	הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣⁠ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים	1	как один, очистились, — все они были чистыми	These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
673	EZR	6	20	j34t	figs-metaphor	הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ	1	очистились	Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
674	EZR	6	20	ryyj	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַ⁠פֶּ֨סַח֙	1	И закололи пасху	The book assumes that readers will know that the Passover celebration included a special meal of lamb. Following God's instructions, the Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would pass over their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
675	EZR	6	20	cgbl	translate-names	הַ⁠פֶּ֨סַח֙	1	пасху	See how you translated the name of this festival in 6:19. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
676	EZR	6	20	b9et	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1	сыновей переселения	See how you translated this expression in 6:16. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
677	EZR	6	20	m6ql	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֥ם הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים	1	и для своих братьев священников	Here, brothers is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “and for their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
678	EZR	6	21	dpio	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	И ели сыновья Израиля	Sons here figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
679	EZR	6	21	zqei	figs-ellipsis	וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	И ели сыновья Израиля	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
680	EZR	6	21	n0yo	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹ֗ל הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֛ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	к ним… и все отделившиеся от нечистоты народов земли, чтобы искать Яхве	This could mean one of several things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (3) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something additional that was true of the people in the first group who celebrated the Passover. This is the interpretation that UST follows. Alternate translation: “that is, all those returned exiles who resolved to reject foreign practices and to worship and obey Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
681	EZR	6	21	p72z	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כֹ֗ל הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֛ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	и все отделившиеся от нечистоты народов земли	Being separated from uncleanness represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “and everyone who refused to do the things that made them unclean that the other people groups living in the land did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
682	EZR	6	21	alu2	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	от нечистоты народов земли	Here, uncleanness figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that made the nations around them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
683	EZR	6	21	slp3	figs-idiom	גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	народов земли	Like the people of the land in 4:4, this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at 4:4 if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
684	EZR	6	21	tyz7	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	чтобы искать Яхве	To seek Yahweh figuratively means to choose to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
685	EZR	6	21	mamh	figs-informremind	אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Бога Израиля	As in 4:1, this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
686	EZR	6	22	mk5t	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ	1	И совершали	This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
687	EZR	6	22	nq0t	translate-names	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה	1	И совершали праздник пресных лепёшек семь дней, с радостью	Feast of Unleavened Bread is the name of another religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term Unleavened Bread refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. For the next week after Passover, the Jews are still not to eat any leavened bread. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “For the next seven days, they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
688	EZR	6	22	p2re	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	потому что обрадовал их Яхве и обратил к ним сердце царя Ассирии, чтобы укрепить их руки в деле дома Бога	This part of the sentence gives the reason for the results that the earlier part of the sentence describes, the joyful celebration of the Festival of Unleavened Bread. Within this part of the sentence, the first phrase describes the results of what comes afterwards. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break the entire sentence into several sentences, and make the earlier part about the festival to come at the end. You also could show the connection by using a phrase such as “and so” before the third sentence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made King Darius of Persia to feel favorable toward the Jews so that he supported the rebuilding of the temple. This had made the people very happy, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
689	EZR	6	22	k6q8	figs-metaphor	וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	и обратил к ним сердце царя Ассирии	Here, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable toward the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
690	EZR	6	22	x9ls		מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙	1	царя Ассирии	This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to 4:15 that explains that the Persian kings considered their “fathers” or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
691	EZR	6	22	m7l7	figs-informremind	אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Бога Израиля	As in 4:1, this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
692	EZR	7	intro	p3he			0		Ezra 07 General Notes Structure and formatting Ezra begins his religious reforms. Special concepts in this chapter God’s Law The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
693	EZR	7	1	h549	writing-newevent	וְ⁠אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	И после этих событий	This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that occurred some time after the events it has described to this point. (Nearly sixty years went by between the sixth year of the reign of Darius, when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, 6:15, and the seventh year of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius, when Ezra traveled to Jerusalem, 7:6.) If your language has a similar phrase that indicates this same thing, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
694	EZR	7	1	qol2	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא	1	Артаксеркса	Artaxerxes is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
695	EZR	7	1	uerz	figs-explicit	עֶזְרָא֙	1	Ездра	Ezra’s genealogy in 7:1–6 traces Ezra back to Aaron in a list of 16 ancestors. As is common in ancient genealogies, this list almost certainly does not include all of the generations between Aaron and Ezra. Aaron (7:5) was the first high priest under the law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah (7:3) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in 5:11. Seraiah was the last high priest to serve in that temple. The Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The names in the list are arranged so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting: Ezra— the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah, the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub, the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the first high priest in Solomon’s temple, the descendant of Meraioth, the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki, the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle —this Ezra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
696	EZR	7	1	u6xs	translate-names	עֶזְרָא֙	1	Ездра	Ezra is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
697	EZR	7	1	n9di	figs-metaphor	בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה	1	сын Сераии, сын Азарии, сын Хелкии	In general, in the list in 7:1–6, son figuratively means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression son, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression “descendant,” which is true in every case, or to say “son” for actual sons and “descendant” for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
698	EZR	7	1	gcr6	translate-names	שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה	1	Сераии… Азарии… Хелкии	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
699	EZR	7	2	iy78		בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב	1	сын Шаллума, сын Садока, сын Ахитува	Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
700	EZR	7	2	e2ek	translate-names	שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב	1	Шаллума… Садока… Ахитува	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
701	EZR	7	3	rqiw		בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת	1	сын Амарии, сын Азарии, сын Марайофа	Alternate translation: “the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the descendant of Meraioth”
702	EZR	7	3	h5gv	translate-names	אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת	1	Амарии… Азарии… Марайофа	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
703	EZR	7	4	swtv		בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי	1	сын Захарии, сын Уззия, сын Буккия	Even if you have decided to use non-figurative terminology, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki”
704	EZR	7	4	zd73	translate-names	זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי	1	Захарии… Уззия… Буккия	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
705	EZR	7	5	sj6v		בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן	1	сын Авишуя, сын Финееса, сын Елеазара, сын… Аарона	Here again, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron”
706	EZR	7	5	jvt2	translate-names	אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן	1	Авишуя… Финееса… Елеазара… Аарона	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
707	EZR	7	5	t064	figs-informremind	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ	1	первосвященника	Here the book provides some background information to remind readers of who Aaron was. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
708	EZR	7	5	z67m	figs-metaphor	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ	1	первосвященника	Here, head is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Specifically, it means that Aaron was the leader of the priests, or the high priest. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
709	EZR	7	5	pqgw	figs-explicit	הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ	1	первосвященника	The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses, his brother. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
710	EZR	7	6	ol9o	figs-idiom	ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֔ל	1	этот Ездра вышёл из Вавилона	The book says that Ezra went up because he needed to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from exile in Babylon to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this Ezra returned from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
711	EZR	7	6	xd8u	writing-background	וְ⁠הֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	и он был искусным писарем в Законе Моисея, который дал Яхве, Бог Израиля	This is background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “and he had carefully studied the law that Yahweh, the God of Israel, had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
712	EZR	7	6	w6u9	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתֶּן־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽ⁠וֹ	1	И дал ему царь всё по его просьбе, так как рука Яхве, его Бога, была над ним	Here, hand figuratively represents action, and in this context the expression the hand of Yahweh his God upon him indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in 5:5, the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.) Alternate translations: “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
713	EZR	7	7	tof2	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֣וּ	1	И вышли	This phrase indicates that the event this sentence describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “At the same time, some went up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
714	EZR	7	7	n433	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל	1	некоторые из сыновей Израиля	Sons here figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
715	EZR	7	7	myus	translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם	1	и левитов	See how you translated this term in 2:40. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
716	EZR	7	7	tj7t		וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים	1	и певцов	This is the same occupational group as in 2:41. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
717	EZR	7	7	zwq2		וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים	1	и сторожей ворот	This is the same occupational group as in 2:42. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
718	EZR	7	7	szwv	translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים	1	и нефинеев	See how you translated this term in 2:43. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
719	EZR	7	7	u61a	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	И вышли… в Иерусалим	The book says went up because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
720	EZR	7	7	tt66	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	в седьмом году царя Артаксеркса	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, seven, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, seventh, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
721	EZR	7	8	cr7y	translate-hebrewmonths	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֑י	1	И пришёл он в Иерусалим в пятом месяце	He means Ezra, but the statement also applies to the all others described in 7:7 who were traveling with him. The fifth month means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
722	EZR	7	8	vee2	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֑י	1	в пятом месяце	Alternate translation: “in month five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
723	EZR	7	8	co12	translate-ordinal	הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	седьмого года царя	Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
724	EZR	7	9	fsqw	writing-background	כִּ֗י	1	Потому что	The word for indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will help readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
725	EZR	7	9	wl5l	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽ⁠מַּעֲלָ֖ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֑ל	1	первого числа первого месяца он начал выходить из Вавилона	The book says ascent to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its uphill trip from Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
726	EZR	7	9	f68n	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	первого числа первого месяца	The first month means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
727	EZR	7	9	s9by	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	первого числа первого месяца	Alternate translation: “on day one of month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
728	EZR	7	9	khid	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד	1	а первого числа	This word and might indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
729	EZR	7	9	ytmm	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	а первого числа пятого месяца он пришёл в Иерусалим, так как добрая рука его Бога была на нём	The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It only took them four months to reach Jerusalem because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
730	EZR	7	9	vpbp	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	а первого числа пятого месяца он пришёл в Иерусалим, так как добрая рука его Бога была на нём	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
731	EZR	7	9	k4wr	figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	так как добрая рука его Бога была на нём	As in 7:6, hand figuratively represents action, and the expression the good hand of his God upon him indicates that God acted with care, protection, and favor toward Ezra throughout this journey. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
732	EZR	7	10	lxrk	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֤י	1	Ведь	The word for indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The reason why God blessed them was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
733	EZR	7	10	b5p7	figs-metaphor	עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔⁠וֹ	1	Ездра утвердил своё сердце	Here, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Alternate translation: “Ezra had firmly determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
734	EZR	7	10	y7yr	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠דְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֑ת	1	исследовать Закон Яхве, и исполнять	Just as in 6:21 to seek Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him, so here to seek the law of Yahweh and to do it means choosing to learn his law thoroughly in order to obey it, as a way of being loyal and obedient to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “to learn the law of Yahweh thoroughly and to obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
735	EZR	7	10	w9d8	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠לְ⁠לַמֵּ֥ד בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּֽט	1	и учить в Израиле закону и правосудию	Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The words statute and ordinance both refer to commandments in the law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
736	EZR	7	10	x92b	figs-personification	בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	в Израиле	Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
737	EZR	7	11	qjr1	translate-names	הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא	1	царь Артаксеркс	Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in 7:12 and 7:21 in this chapter. See how you translated it in 4:7. Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
738	EZR	7	11	xf26	writing-newevent	וְ⁠זֶ֣ה	1	И вот	The word now introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
739	EZR	7	11	xatp	figs-informremind	לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠סֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠חֻקָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	священнику, книжнику Ездре, учителю слов заповедей Яхве и Его законов в Израиле	Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
740	EZR	7	11	w5oy	figs-doublet	מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠חֻקָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	заповедей Яхве и Его законов в Израиле	These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
741	EZR	7	11	y4s9	figs-personification	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Израиле	As in 7:10, the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
742	EZR	7	12	zcfw	figs-quotemarks	אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָ⁠א	1	Артаксеркс, царь царей, Ездре, священнику	Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
743	EZR	7	12	y33a	figs-explicit	אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א	1	Артаксеркс, царь царей	Following the conventions of letter writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. The king of kings was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “the Great King Artaxerxes” or “Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
744	EZR	7	12	afcw	writing-background	לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָ⁠א סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜⁠א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛⁠א	1	Ездре, священнику, учителю закона Бога небес	As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
745	EZR	7	12	gwt9		אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛⁠א	1	Бога небес	See how you translated this expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
746	EZR	7	12	al0q		גְּמִ֖יר	1	совершенному	As in 4:17 and 5:7, this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
747	EZR	7	12	bf52	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1	и так далее	And now is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at 4:10. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
748	EZR	7	13	d9b4	figs-activepassive	מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י	1	Мной даётся указ, чтобы	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
749	EZR	7	13	wi2u	figs-you	לִ⁠מְהָ֧ךְ לִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖⁠ךְ יְהָֽךְ	1	идти в Иерусалим, с тобой пошли	The king is addressing Ezra, so you refers to Ezra here, and you and your similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through 7:20. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
750	EZR	7	13	g0ml		מִן־עַמָּ֨⁠ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	из народа Израиля	Here Artaxerxes specifies that Israel is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’”
751	EZR	7	14	cbf2	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩	1	Ввиду того, что	The word because indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases (7:14–16) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in 7:17). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to 7:15 about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
752	EZR	7	14	h7cx	figs-activepassive	מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ	1	от царя и семи его советников ты посылаешься	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
753	EZR	7	14	cx02	figs-123person	מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ	1	от царя… ты посылаешься	Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
754	EZR	7	14	tpvw	figs-metaphor	מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜⁠א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ	1	от царя… ты посылаешься	This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I am sending you from my court” or “I am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
755	EZR	7	14	u9he	translate-unknown	וְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨⁠הִי֙	1	и семи его советников	As in 4:5, counselors means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
756	EZR	7	14	dnqr	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְ⁠לִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּ⁠דָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠ךְ	1	расследовать об Иудее и Иерусалиме, по закону твоего Бога	Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
757	EZR	7	14	v44t	figs-explicit	לְ⁠בַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְ⁠לִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּ⁠דָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖⁠ךְ	1	расследовать об Иудее и Иерусалиме, по закону твоего Бога	The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter (7:25–26), is that inquire means more than just to find out about. It also implies do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
758	EZR	7	14	bwvo	figs-metaphor	דִּ֥י בִ⁠ידָֽ⁠ךְ	1	который в твоей руке	Most likely, the word hand here means possession, indicating that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. The phrase in your hand could mean that Ezra literally carried a scroll of the law in his hands or that he personally owned a written copy of the law. However, the phrase in your hand could also imply that Ezra will use the law as he performs his responsibilities in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that you carry with you” or “that you have with you” or “that you will use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
759	EZR	7	15	m1pn	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠לְ⁠הֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יָעֲט֗וֹ⁠הִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽ⁠הּ	1	и доставить серебро и золото, которое царь и его советники пожертвовали Богу Израиля, жилище Которого в Иерусалиме	Verses 7:14–17 are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make 7:14 a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, one describing a reason and the other describing a result. Alternate translation: “and my counselors and I have freely given silver and gold as offerings to the God of Israel. I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
760	EZR	7	15	uu8a	figs-123person	מַלְכָּ֣⁠א	1	царь	As in 7:14, Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
761	EZR	7	15	qy1s	figs-personification	דִּ֥י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽ⁠הּ	1	жилище Которого в Иерусалиме	Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in 6:12, he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple since, in the next verse, Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give for the house of God that is in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
762	EZR	7	16	j69i	figs-idiom	וְ⁠כֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל	1	и всё серебро и золото, которое ты найдёшь во всей области Вавилона	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also divide this verse into two sentences. This phrase could be the first sentence. Find is an idiom that in this context means “can obtain.” Artaxerxes is giving Ezra permission to invite everyone in the province of Babylon to contribute. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
763	EZR	7	16	p3du	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל	1	и всё серебро и золото, которое ты найдёшь во всей области Вавилона	The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that, just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the God of heaven (7:23), others in the province might be as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
764	EZR	7	16	epbi	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל	1	во всей области Вавилона	Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “among everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
765	EZR	7	16	i0eg	translate-names	בָּבֶ֑ל	1	Вавилона	Babylon is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in 1:11. Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
766	EZR	7	16	f74p		עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤⁠א וְ⁠כָֽהֲנַיָּ⁠א֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	с добровольными приношениями народа и священников, жертвующих для дома своего Бога, Который в Иерусалиме	If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, the people means the people of Israel, as in 7:13. Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem”
767	EZR	7	16	pdnm	figs-informremind	דִּ֥י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	Который в Иерусалиме	Like Darius in 6:12, here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
768	EZR	7	17	pr2c	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩	1	Поэтому	The word therefore introduces the final part of the long sentence in 7:14–17. It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break this long sentence up into several shorter sentences, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
769	EZR	7	17	ciw6	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠כַסְפָּ֣⁠א דְנָ֗ה	1	на эти деньги	The implication is that this means not just the gifts from the priests and Israelites, but also the gifts from the king, his counselors, and the people of the province of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “with all of this money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
770	EZR	7	17	b2sq	figs-explicit	אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א…דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּ⁠מִנְחָתְ⁠ה֖וֹן וְ⁠נִסְכֵּי⁠ה֑וֹן	1	быстро купи… быков, баранов, ягнят, и их хлебные приношения, и их возлияния	The implication, as 6:9 indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to 3:2 about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a grain offering. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a drink offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
771	EZR	7	17	sjnr		אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא	1	быстро	In their decrees, as several examples in this book show, the Persian kings used this term diligently to mean carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Review the note to 5:8 about this term if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “be sure that”
772	EZR	7	18	a2bh	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מָ֣ה דִי֩ עלי⁠ך וְ⁠עַל־אחי⁠ך יֵיטַ֗ב בִּ⁠שְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥⁠א וְ⁠דַהֲבָ֖⁠ה לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּ⁠רְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲ⁠כֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן	1	И что тебе и твоим братьям будет угодно сделать с остальным серебром и золотом, — то делайте по воле вашего Бога	Here, brother is a figurative way of saying fellow Israelites, and in context it likely refers to the other Jewish leaders who would decide with Ezra what to do with the extra money. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow Jewish leaders can decide what you think your God would like you to do with any silver and gold that is left over.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
773	EZR	7	19	h5qf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠מָֽאנַיָּ⁠א֙	1	И сосуды	The word and could indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Ezra and the other Jewish leaders could do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of money and what they had to do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of bowls and other objects that could be used in the temple. You could begin the sentence with a word such as however to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
774	EZR	7	19	h6x1	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מָֽאנַיָּ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין לָ֔⁠ךְ לְ⁠פָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ הַשְׁלֵ֕ם קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	И сосуды, которые даны тебе для служения дома твоего Бога, поставь перед Богом Иерусалима	As in 1:7, vessels refers to bowls, basins, and other objects that could be used in worship in the temple. The ones that people contributed on this occasion are described in more detail in 8:26–27. The implication in what the king says here is that Ezra and the Jewish leaders are not to sell or melt down these objects and use the proceeds to pay for temple expenses. Rather, they must use these objects only for temple worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not use objects that people contribute for use in the temple of your God to pay for the temple expenses. Make sure that you deliver every one of them to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
775	EZR	7	19	yho1	figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠פָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ	1	для служения дома твоего Бога	The idea behind the abstract noun service can be expressed with a verb such as use. Alternate translation: “to use in the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
776	EZR	7	19	bkk8	figs-idiom	הַשְׁלֵ֕ם	1	поставь	This Aramaic expression means to make complete. It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in 5:16 when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in 8:26–27). Alternate translation: “make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
777	EZR	7	19	a3tf	figs-metaphor	קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	перед Богом Иерусалима	In a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects in front of God, figuratively meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
778	EZR	7	19	wsrv	figs-metaphor	קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם	1	перед Богом Иерусалима	As in 6:18, in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779	EZR	7	20	tytf	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔⁠ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠מִנְתַּ֑ן	1	И остальное необходимое для дома твоего Бога, что тебе выпадет дать	That falls to you to give is an idiom that means “that you have occasion to give,” in other words, “that you have to provide.* Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
780	EZR	7	20	gshw	figs-synecdoche	תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	дай из дома сокровищ царя	This does not mean, as in 5:17, the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Rather, as with the shorter expression the treasures of the king in 6:8, it means the royal treasury or the royal revenue. It is not necessarily a physical building. House likely represents all the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for property, meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “ pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
781	EZR	7	20	hgu9	figs-123person	בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1	дома сокровищ царя	Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
782	EZR	7	21	wiy2	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י	1	И мной	This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, regarding providing funds to Ezra, he will now give instructions to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
783	EZR	7	21	rfxe	figs-123person	וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם	1	И мной, царём Артаксерксом, даётся указ	Up to this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has been addressing Ezra, and he has spoken of himself mostly in the third person. But now as he turns to address a new audience, the royal treasurers, he speaks of himself in the first person, and he uses the emphatic form me myself and repeats his name and title, as in 7:12. If you have been translating the king’s use of the third person for himself in this letter with the second person in your language, it may be helpful to your readers if you use some emphatic form or extended phrase here to show this transition. Alternate translation: “ And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
784	EZR	7	21	h6c8	figs-activepassive	וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְ⁠כוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד	1	И мной, царём Артаксерксом, даётся указ… чтобы всё, что потребует у вас… Ездра… было сделано усердно	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding you to give Ezra anything he asks from you, and to do that exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
785	EZR	7	21	mlat	figs-you	יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְ⁠כוֹן	1	потребует у вас	The king is now addressing the treasurers, so you refers to the treasurers here and in 7:24. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
786	EZR	7	21	zz8u	translate-unknown	גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔⁠א	1	казначеям	These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
787	EZR	7	21	i7dz	translate-names	בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה	1	за рекой	Beyond-the-River is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in 4:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
788	EZR	7	21	euy1	figs-informremind	עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜⁠ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	1	священник Ездра, учитель закона Бога небес	Here, the king provides some background information to remind or inform the treasurers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who is a priest of the God who rules in heaven, and who has carefully studied his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
789	EZR	7	22	zxtg	figs-ellipsis	עַד־כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ וְ⁠עַד־חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב	1	до ста талантов серебра, и до ста хомеров пшеницы, и до ста батов вина, и до ста батов масла, а соли — без предписания	Here, the king is speaking in an abbreviated, official way, and the connection to the previous verse may not be entirely clear for all readers. He is describing how much he is authorizing Ezra to ask for from the treasury in money and supplies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also make this verse a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “I am authorizing Ezra to ask you treasurers for up to 100 kikkars of silver, 100 cors of wheat, 100 baths of wine, 100 baths of oil, and an unlimited amount of salt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
790	EZR	7	22	c716	translate-bmoney	כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒	1	ста талантов серебра	You could try to express the modern value of this amount of silver. But since prices vary over time, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. So you could express the amount instead using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that this was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
791	EZR	7	22	cja2	translate-bvolume	חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה	1	ста хомеров пшеницы	A cor was equivalent to about 220 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, as UST does, “500 bushels of wheat.” Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from a long ago when people used different measures, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the cor, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
792	EZR	7	22	u3yi	translate-bvolume	וְ⁠עַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה	1	и до ста батов вина, и до ста батов масла	According to ancient measurements, baths were equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a note. Alternate translation: “and as much as 2200 liters of wine, and as much as 2200 liters of oil” or “and as much as 600 gallons of wine, and as much as 600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
793	EZR	7	22	pdtm	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב	1	а соли — без предписания	This expression means that that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “and an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
794	EZR	7	23	hz1d	figs-activepassive	כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	Всё, что по велению Бога небес, пусть делается усердно для дома Бога небес	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you to make sure that the Jewish leaders have the funds they need to do everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
795	EZR	7	23	ado8	figs-metaphor	כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א…לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	Всё, что по велению Бога небес… для дома Бога небес	Here, by decree, Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the law of the God of heaven in 7:12. He means the law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
796	EZR	7	23	t2e7	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א	1	для дома Бога небес	See how you translated the expressions the house of God in 1:4 and the God of heaven in 5:11. Alternate translation: “the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
797	EZR	7	23	i89i	figs-rquestion	דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	Ведь зачем быть гневу на царство царя и его сыновей?	The king is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
798	EZR	7	23	bc0q	figs-explicit	דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	Ведь зачем быть гневу на царство царя и его сыновей?	The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
799	EZR	7	23	x6h5	figs-metonymy	דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons	God’s wrath represents God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to punish me or any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
800	EZR	7	23	jptx	figs-metonymy	מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	царство царя и его сыновей	God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term kingdom to describe himself and his descendants figuratively by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
801	EZR	7	23	aia6	figs-123person	מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	царя и его сыновей	Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
802	EZR	7	23	wo5t	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי	1	и его сыновей	This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors. (If it would be helpful, review the notes to 4:15 and 6:10 about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their fathers and their successors their sons.) Alternate translation: “my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
803	EZR	7	24	pw3i	figs-exclusive	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י…מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַ⁠הֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְ⁠מִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵי⁠הֹֽם	1	И мы вам сообщаем, что… их не разрешается облагать податью, налогом и пошлиной	To this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has referred to himself in the singular, whether in the second person or the third person. But here he uses the plural. This could possibly indicate I and my seven chief royal counselors, as in 7:15. However, since he spoke initially to these treasurers so individually and emphatically in 7:21, it seems unlikely that he would appeal to supporting authorities when giving these further instructions to them. Rather, it seems that the king speaks in the plural here because he has just envisioned himself within a succession of kings who will rule over this kingdom. (As the expression the revenue of the kings in 4:13 shows, the Persian emperors could envision their actions and decisions as embodying those of later kings.) So we most likely means “I,” and you could say that as an alternate translation. On the other hand, if you decide to say we, you should use the form that does not include the addressees, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “And I am informing you that you have no authority to collect taxes, tribute, or duty from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
804	EZR	7	24	wx23		מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַ⁠הֲלָ֔ךְ	1	податью, налогом и пошлиной	See how you translated this phrase in 4:13.
805	EZR	7	24	kw6q	grammar-connect-logic-result	כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣⁠א וְ֠⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤⁠א תָרָֽעַיָּ⁠א֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔⁠א וּ⁠פָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דְנָ֑ה	1	все священники и левиты, певцы, сторожа ворот, нефинеи и слуги этого дома Бога	The last phrase, the servants of that house of God, describes what the people in the five groups listed all have in common. They all work in the temple of God. In this way, the phrase gives the reason why the treasurers may not impose taxes on anyone in any of these groups. Likely as a further way of supporting the temple, and perhaps also as a gesture of respect for God, Artaxerxes is providing an exemption from taxes for all temple personnel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first part of the sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “because the priests, Levites, singers, gatekeepers, and Nethinim all work in the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
806	EZR	7	24	mgkt	translate-names	וְ֠⁠לֵוָיֵ⁠א	1	и левиты	See how you translated this term in 2:40. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
807	EZR	7	24	ycd8		זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤⁠א	1	певцы	This is the same occupational group as in 2:41. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
808	EZR	7	24	gonv		תָרָֽעַיָּ⁠א֙	1	сторожа ворот	This is the same occupational group as in 2:42. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
809	EZR	7	24	nk0a	translate-names	נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔⁠א	1	нефинеи	See how you translated this term in 2:43. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
810	EZR	7	25	r244	figs-you	וְ⁠אַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א	1	И ты, Ездра	The king now returns to address Ezra personally, so you refers to him here, and you and your similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through 7:26, except in the phrase you shall teach at the end of this verse. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
811	EZR	7	25	qzk1	figs-metaphor	אֱלָהָ֤⁠ךְ דִּֽי־בִ⁠ידָ⁠ךְ֙	1	твоего Бога, которая в твоей руке	Most likely, the term hand means the same thing as in 7:14, where the law of God is described as being in Ezra's hand. As before, the phrase in your hand could mean that Ezra is literally carrying a scroll of God's wisdom or that he personally owns a scroll of God's wisdom. The phrase in your hand could also imply that Ezra will use God's wisdom as he performs his responsibilities to appoint magistrates and judges. Alternate translation: “that you carry with you” or “that you have with you” or “that you will use” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812	EZR	7	25	p1rc	figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠חָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤⁠ךְ	1	по мудрости твоего Бога	As the previous note illustrates, the idea behind the abstract noun wisdom can be expressed either with a verbal phrase, “you have become wise*”, or with a noun phrase, “the law of your God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
813	EZR	7	25	af8j	figs-metonymy	דִּֽי־בִ⁠ידָ⁠ךְ֙	1	которая в твоей руке	See how you translated this phrase in 7:14. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” or “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
814	EZR	7	25	y54v	figs-doublet	מֶ֣נִּי שָׁפְטִ֞ין וְ⁠דַיָּנִ֗ין דִּי־לֶהֱוֺ֤ן דאנין	1	назначь правителей и судей, чтобы они судили	There are two possibilities here. (1) The terms magistrates and judges mean similar things. Artaxerxes may be using the two words together to emphasize the authority that Ezra has to ensure that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem follow God’s commandments. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “appoint judges so that they can judge” (2) Artaxerxes could also be using these two terms to refer to people in slightly different roles. The first term may refer to officials who decide disputes between people, and the second term may refer to officials who interpret the law and apply it to specific situations. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “appoint officials who can decide disputes between people and officials who can interpret and apply the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
815	EZR	7	25	waab		לְ⁠כָל־עַמָּ⁠ה֙ דִּ֚י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה לְ⁠כָל־יָדְעֵ֖י דָּתֵ֣י אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ	1	весь народ, который за рекой, — всех, знающих законы твоего Бога	The second phrase clarifies the meaning of the first phrase, showing that Artaxerxes is referring specifically to the Jews who live in this province. He is allowing the Jews there to have their own legal system, based on the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “all the Jews living in Beyond-the-River province, who know the laws of your God”
816	EZR	7	25	nncp	figs-you	וְ⁠דִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן	1	а которые не знают, тех учите	The word you here is plural. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
817	EZR	7	25	qxkm	figs-explicit	וְ⁠דִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן	1	а которые не знают, тех учите	The implication, in light of the plural you, is that Ezra and the judges he appoints are to teach the law of God to any Jews living in the province who are not familiar with it, so that they can follow it. Alternate translation: “And I want you and the judges to teach the law of God to those Jews in the province who do not know it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
818	EZR	7	26	mrq1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣⁠א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ וְ⁠דָתָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔⁠א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕⁠ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑⁠הּ	1	И каждый, кто не будет исполнять закон твоего Бога и закон царя, — пусть над ним немедленно совершают суд	The implication is that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem will still be governed by Persian law in addition to the law of Moses, but Artaxerxes is giving Ezra the authority to appoint judges who will administer and enforce both sets of laws. Members of the Jewish community will not have to answer to Persian judges. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
819	EZR	7	26	lu8e	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣⁠א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ וְ⁠דָתָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔⁠א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕⁠ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑⁠הּ	1	И каждый, кто не будет исполнять закон твоего Бога и закон царя, — пусть над ним немедленно совершают суд	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
820	EZR	7	26	vheg	figs-123person	וְ⁠דָתָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1	и закон царя	Artaxerxes speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
821	EZR	7	26	sr94	figs-abstractnouns	הֵ֤ן לְ⁠מוֹת֙ הֵ֣ן ל⁠שרשו הֵן־לַ⁠עֲנָ֥שׁ נִכְסִ֖ין וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱסוּרִֽין	1	или на смерть, или на изгнание, или на изъятие имущества и тюремное заключение	The abstract nouns death, banishment, confiscation, and imprisonment can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “as they see fit, they may execute offenders, or make them leave the community, or seize the things they own, or put them in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
822	EZR	7	26	rz8o	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱסוּרִֽין	1	и тюремное заключение	Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter of introduction and authorization that King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. If you decided in 7:12 to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
823	EZR	7	27	qh6m	writing-participants	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Благословен Яхве, Бог наших отцов	Previously in the book, Ezra has been a character in a story that someone else has been telling. Here he becomes the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. In effect, the letter of introduction that King Artaxerxes wrote for him has been his introduction to us as well. The book does not say specifically that Ezra will now be the narrator, although one indication is that when Ezra is telling the story, he refers to himself as “I” and to the Jewish community as “us,” and another indication is that the book is now written in Hebrew again. But if it would be helpful to your readers, you could add a phrase to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
824	EZR	7	27	yfls	figs-aside	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Благословен Яхве, Бог наших отцов	The first thing that Ezra does when he begins to tell his own story is pray to God, rather than address the audience that will hear his story. If you decided to add a phrase to introduce him as the new narrator, you could use that same phrase to introduce this prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” Otherwise, you could show that this prayer is distinct from the story by setting it off with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. The quotation should end in the middle of 7:28, after “the mighty officials of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
825	EZR	7	27	qub7	figs-123person	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה	1	Благословен Яхве	Although Ezra speaks of Yahweh in the third person here, he is actually praying a prayer of thanksgiving to Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “Thank you, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
826	EZR	7	27	nlii	figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Бог наших отцов	Fathers here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
827	EZR	7	27	t4cz	figs-metaphor	נָתַ֤ן כָּ⁠זֹאת֙ בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	положил так на сердце царя, чтобы украсить дом Яхве, который в Иерусалиме	Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
828	EZR	7	27	w14w	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה	1	чтобы украсить дом Яхве	This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a vibrant place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
829	EZR	7	28	y4zu	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	и надо мной простёр верную любовь перед лицом царя и его советников, и перед всеми могущественными правителями царя	Here, the abstract noun faithfulness refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in 3:11, covenant faithfulness refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel in order to keep the promises he had made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as help. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
830	EZR	7	28	s38x	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	и надо мной простёр верную любовь перед лицом царя и его советников, и перед всеми могущественными правителями царя	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that, as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
831	EZR	7	28	jzhp	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד	1	и надо мной простёр верную любовь	Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
832	EZR	7	28	pb8i	figs-quotemarks	שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	могущественными правителями царя	This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in 7:27 with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
833	EZR	7	28	q1iu	figs-metonymy	הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י	1	укрепился, потому что рука Яхве, моего Бога, была надо мной	As in 7:6, hand figuratively represents power and control, and the expression the hand of Yahweh my God upon me indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
834	EZR	7	28	gxx2	figs-ellipsis	מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים	1	из Израиля глав	As 8:1 shows, heads here is an abbreviated way of saying heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
835	EZR	7	28	agha	figs-idiom	לַ⁠עֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽ⁠י	1	чтобы они пошли со мной	Ezra says go up because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
836	EZR	8	intro	ye9m			0		Ezra 08 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The people’s return to Judah Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
837	EZR	8	1	6wtp	writing-newevent	וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה	1	И вот	The word now introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
838	EZR	8	1	ss8d	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠הִתְיַחְשָׂ֑⁠ם הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗⁠י	1	И вот главы их семейств и родословие вышедших со мной	As in 4:3, heads of fathers is an abbreviated way of saying “heads of father’s houses.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the clan leaders, along with the names of their clans, of those who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
839	EZR	8	1	u9yy	figs-idiom	הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗⁠י…מִ⁠בָּבֶֽל	1	вышедших со мной из Вавилона	As in 7:28, Ezra says go up because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “who returned from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
840	EZR	8	1	f1jb	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	в царствование царя Артаксеркса	As 7:8–9 indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
841	EZR	8	1	e7pk	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠מַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ	1	в царствование царя Артаксеркса	If you choose to make the implicit information explicit, but your language does not use [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], you can say “during year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
842	EZR	8	2	m2b9	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	из сыновей Финееса — Гирсон	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Phinehas, Gershom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843	EZR	8	2	t1dg	translate-names	פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	Финееса — Гирсон	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
844	EZR	8	2	i7e9	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל	1	из сыновей Ифамара — Даниил	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ithamar, Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
845	EZR	8	2	uzuw	translate-names	אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל	1	Ифамара — Даниил	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
846	EZR	8	2	kb7h	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ	1	из сыновей Давида – Хаттуш	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
847	EZR	8	2	xt4r	translate-names	דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ	1	Давида – Хаттуш	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
848	EZR	8	3	m91f	figs-explicit	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Шехании, из сыновей Пароша — Захария	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah.” (2) More likely, the phrase “from the sons of Shecaniah” applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of 8:2 and the beginning of 8:3 could read, as an alternate translation: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
849	EZR	8	3	veab	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Шехании, из сыновей Пароша — Захария	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or (2) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (The numbers refer to the options in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
850	EZR	8	3	f6xt	translate-names	שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה	1	Шехании… Пароша… Захария	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
851	EZR	8	3	ds2y	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֛⁠וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִ⁠זְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	и с ним в родословной были записаны сто пятьдесят мужчин	The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
852	EZR	8	4	f7d5	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Пахаф-Моава – Эльегоенай, сын Зерахии	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
853	EZR	8	4	c961	translate-names	פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה	1	Пахаф-Моава… Эльегоенай… Зерахии	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
854	EZR	8	4	y6jz	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним двести мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 200 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
855	EZR	8	5	qrqj	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל	1	из сыновей Шехания — сын Яхазиила	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
856	EZR	8	5	sxis	translate-textvariants	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל	1	из сыновей Шехания — сын Яхазиила	Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. It seems that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
857	EZR	8	5	c416	translate-names	שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל	1	Шехания… Яхазиила	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
858	EZR	8	5	j5rk	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним триста мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
859	EZR	8	6	x9hz	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן	1	из сыновей Адина — Евед, сын Ионафана	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin, Ebed the son of Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
860	EZR	8	6	vqsg	translate-names	עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן	1	Адина… Евед… Ионафана	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
861	EZR	8	6	c84d	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним пятьдесят мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 50 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
862	EZR	8	7	yegf	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Елама — Иешаия, сын Афалии	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
863	EZR	8	7	w1un	translate-names	עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה	1	Елама… Иешаия… Афалии	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
864	EZR	8	7	f2s8	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним семьдесят мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
865	EZR	8	8	wa5l	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל	1	из сыновей Сафатии — Зевадия, сын Михаила	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
866	EZR	8	8	b23z	translate-names	שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל	1	Сафатии… Зевадия… Михаила	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
867	EZR	8	8	w6u1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним восемьдесят мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 80 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
868	EZR	8	9	w699	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל	1	из сыновей Иоава — Овадия, сын Иехиила	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
869	EZR	8	9	u1te	translate-names	יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל	1	Иоава… Овадия… Иехиила	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
870	EZR	8	9	ude8	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним двести восемнадцать мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
871	EZR	8	10	x1dx	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Шеломиф — сын Иосифии	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants”, but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
872	EZR	8	10	unnl	translate-textvariants	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Шеломиф — сын Иосифии	It appears that, as in 8:5, the name of the clan has accidentally dropped out here also. Some manuscripts of an ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament read, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
873	EZR	8	10	ex7w	translate-names	שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה	1	Шеломиф… Иосифии	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
874	EZR	8	10	y254	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним сто шестьдесят мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
875	EZR	8	11	s7ng	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י	1	из сыновей Бевая — Захария, сын Бевая	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
876	EZR	8	11	ywsh	translate-names	בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י	1	Бевая… Захария… Бевая	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
877	EZR	8	11	w892	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним двадцать восемь мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
878	EZR	8	12	a3dx	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן	1	из сыновей Азгада — Иоханан, сын Гаккатана	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants,” but son most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
879	EZR	8	12	z7xc	translate-names	עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן	1	Азгада… Иоханан… Гаккатана	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
880	EZR	8	12	j4bn	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ним сто десять мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 110 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
881	EZR	8	13	rzr8		וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔⁠ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽ⁠שְׁמַעְיָ֑ה	1	из сыновей Адоникама — последние, и вот их имена: Елифелет, Иеиел и Шемаия	The implication is that some descendants of Adonikam still remained in Babylon even after a large number of his descendants returned to Judah with Zerubbabel, as 2:13 describes. The term last here indicates that. A further implication is that the clan leader was now in Judah, so that the names provided are instead of family leaders who led this group on its return. Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Adonikam who had remained in Babylon, the family leaders Eliphelet, Jeuel, and Shemaiah”
882	EZR	8	13	k1ic	translate-names	אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽ⁠שְׁמַעְיָ֑ה	1	Адоникама… Елифелет… Иеиел… Шемаия	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
883	EZR	8	13	hu49	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ними шестьдесят мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
884	EZR	8	14	p7ej	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר	1	из сыновей Бигвая — Уфай и Заббуд	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
885	EZR	8	14	we81	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים	1	и с ними семьдесят мужчин	See the note to 8:3 about this expression. Him actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
886	EZR	8	15	x4yl	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָֽ⁠אֶקְבְּצֵ֗⁠ם	1	И я собрал их	This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described, that is, after the identification of all the people who would be traveling to Jerusalem with Ezra. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
887	EZR	8	15	zfwz	figs-explicit	וָֽ⁠אֶקְבְּצֵ֗⁠ם אֶל־הַ⁠נָּהָר֙ הַ⁠בָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַ⁠נַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה	1	И я собрал их к реке, впадающей в Агаву, и мы простояли там три дня	Them means everyone listed in 8:2–14, everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a location outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
888	EZR	8	15	gl34	translate-names	הַ⁠נָּהָר֙ הַ⁠בָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א	1	реке, впадающей в Агаву	The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In 8:21 and 8:31, Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
889	EZR	8	15	cl4j	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וָ⁠אָבִ֤ינָ⁠ה	1	и я осмотрел	The word and at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
890	EZR	8	15	w7og	figs-explicit	וָ⁠אָבִ֤ינָ⁠ה בָ⁠עָם֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם	1	и я осмотрел народ и священников, и никого из сыновей Левия там не нашёл	Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure that he did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in 8:25 that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
891	EZR	8	15	o9vg	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י	1	и… из сыновей Левия	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
892	EZR	8	16	ufp7	grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֡⁠ה	1	И я послал	The word then indicates that the sentence it introduces explains what Ezra did as a result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
893	EZR	8	16	sw7e	translate-names	וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֡⁠ה לֶ⁠אֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַ⁠אֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠⁠שְׁמַעְיָה וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּ⁠לְ⁠יָרִ֜יב וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּ⁠לְ⁠נָתָ֛ן וְ⁠לִ⁠זְכַרְיָ֥ה וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם	1	И я послал за Елиезером, за Ариэлом, за Шемаией, и за Элнафаном, и за Иаривом, и за Элнафаном, и за Нафаном, и за Захарией, и за Мешулламом	Here, Ezra lists the names of nine men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
894	EZR	8	16	admv	figs-metaphor	רָאשִׁ֑ים	1	главными	Unlike in 7:28, here this expression does not mean heads of father’s houses, that is, clan leaders. Rather, heads here is simply a figurative way of saying “leaders.” None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in 8:2–14. (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it’s quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in 8:3 or the one named in 8:11.) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
895	EZR	8	16	l322	translate-names	וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹיָרִ֥יב וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֖ן	1	и за Иояривом, и за Элнафаном	Here Ezra lists the names of two more men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
896	EZR	8	16	tf03	figs-explicit	מְבִינִֽים	1	различающими	This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because, even though they were not leaders, they were wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
897	EZR	8	17	a4dg	figs-explicit	אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֑וֹם	1	им об Иддо, главном в местности Касифье	The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “them to speak to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
898	EZR	8	17	akq5	translate-names	אִדּ֣וֹ	1	Иддо	Iddo is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
899	EZR	8	17	ggi9	translate-names	בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א	1	в… Касифье	Kasiphia is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
900	EZR	8	17	nq66	figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אָשִׂימָ⁠ה֩ בְּ⁠פִי⁠הֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠⁠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ	1	и вложил в их уста слова, чтобы они сказали Иддо	Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “And I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
901	EZR	8	17	y2wd	figs-metaphor	אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֣א הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם	1	Иддо, его братьям нефинеям в местности Касифье	Here, brother is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the brothers are said to include Nethinim, that is, temple servants, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the Nethinim who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
902	EZR	8	17	p5pg	figs-quotations	לְ⁠הָֽבִיא־לָ֥⁠נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	чтобы он привёл к нам служителей для дома нашего Бога	This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. You could indicate that in your translation, or, if it would be clearer in your language and helpful to your readers, you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “Please send us some more people who can serve in the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
903	EZR	8	18	kbq4	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאּוּ	1	И они привели	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
904	EZR	8	18	a7cr	figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙	1	так как добрая рука нашего Бога была над нами	As in the expression according to the good hand of his God upon him in 7:6, hand figuratively represents action, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
905	EZR	8	18	kue1	figs-metaphor	אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל	1	умного человека	Here, insight, that is, the ability to “see into” things, figuratively means to have good judgment. Alternate translation: “a very prudent man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
906	EZR	8	18	o1sr	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה	1	из сыновей Махлия, сына Левия, сына Израиля, и Шеревию	Sons figuratively means “descendants” in reference to Mahli, since he was a distant ancestor of the group that Sherebiah belonged to. Son figuratively means “descendant” when applied to Levi, since Mahli was actually his grandson. But Levi actually was the biological son of Israel. Alternate translation: “named Sherebiah, one of the descendants of Mahli, the grandson of Levi, the son of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
907	EZR	8	18	d8n9	translate-names	מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה	1	Махлия… Левия… Израиля… Шеревию	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
908	EZR	8	18	pp9z	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר	1	и его сыновей, и его братьев — восемнадцать	Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely, if not entirely, of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could, in your translation, decide to treat the terms as literal. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with sons meaning “descendants” and brothers meaning “relatives.” Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
909	EZR	8	19	vsm6	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אִתּ֥⁠וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י	1	и Хашавию, и с ним Иешаию из сыновей Мерария	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “and they also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
910	EZR	8	19	mf7n	translate-names	חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י	1	Хашавию… Иешаию… Мерария	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
911	EZR	8	19	bwf7	figs-metaphor	אֶחָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	его братьев и их сыновей	This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sons of Jeshaiah and his brothers. Since, as in 8:18, this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms brothers and sons as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
912	EZR	8	20	f9pd	translate-names	נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ים	1	двести двадцать нефинеев	See how you translated this term in 2:43. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “220 temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
913	EZR	8	20	ahh3	writing-background	וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁ⁠נָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ לַ⁠עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם	1	и из нефинеев, которых дал Давид и правители на службу левитам	Here Ezra provides some background information to help identify who the Nethinim were. Alternate translation: “and they also brought men from the group of people whom David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
914	EZR	8	20	mi4i	figs-activepassive	כֻּלָּ֖⁠ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְ⁠שֵׁמֽוֹת	1	все они указаны по именам	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
915	EZR	8	21	bcl6	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֨א	1	И я объявил	The word then indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
916	EZR	8	21	c4b8	translate-symaction	צוֹם֙…לְ⁠הִתְעַנּ֖וֹת	1	пост… чтобы смириться	The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating … to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
917	EZR	8	21	zh8n	translate-names	הַ⁠נָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א	1	реки Агавы	See how you translated this name in 8:15. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
918	EZR	8	21	baiq	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	перед лицом нашего Бога	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
919	EZR	8	21	sq2q	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠טַפֵּ֖⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁ⁠נוּ	1	чтобы искать у Него прямой путь для нас, и для наших детей, и для всего нашего имущества	The word seek represents asking God to do something for them. A straight way figuratively represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “and to ask God to protect us, our children, and all our possessions while we traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
920	EZR	8	22	kq0z	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	потому что	The word for indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “I did this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
921	EZR	8	22	cb97		בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּ⁠פָרָשִׁ֔ים לְ⁠עָזְרֵ֥⁠נוּ מֵ⁠אוֹיֵ֖ב בַּ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ	1	мне было стыдно просить у царя войско и всадников для нашей защиты от врага в пути	An enemy means “any enemy,” and on the way means “during our journey.” Alternate translation: “I would have been embarrassed to ask the king for soldiers and horsemen to protect us from anyone who might try to harm or rob us during our journey.”
922	EZR	8	22	i43j	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	ведь	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
923	EZR	8	22	p625	grammar-connect-logic-result	אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	мы сказали царю, говоря: “Рука нашего Бога на всех ищущих Его на добро, и Его сила, и Его гнев на всех, оставляющих Его	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. You could show that connection by using a phrase such as “and so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
924	EZR	8	22	hlkg	figs-quotemarks	יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	Рука нашего Бога на всех ищущих Его на добро, и Его сила, и Его гнев на всех, оставляющих Его	This is a direct quotation. Ezra is quoting what he and his fellow travelers had told King Artaxerxes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within quotation marks or by following whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
925	EZR	8	22	n4fd	figs-metaphor	יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ…לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה	1	Рука нашего Бога… на добро	This expression has the same meaning as the good hand of God in 7:6. Here, the word hand figuratively represents action, and the phrase the hand of our God is for good means the care, protection, and favor of God. Alternate translation: “The favor of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
926	EZR	8	22	ddh2	figs-metaphor	כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙	1	всех ищущих Его	Who seeking him is a metaphor for worshiping, serving, and obeying him. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves and obeys him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
927	EZR	8	22	fb5x	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל	1	и Его сила, и Его гнев на	God’s power and anger being on people is a metonym for him punishing them. Alternate translation: “but he punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
928	EZR	8	22	ep6t	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	и Его сила, и Его гнев	Here, the nose figuratively represents anger. Alternate translation: “his power and his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
929	EZR	8	22	xnzz	figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	и Его сила, и Его гнев	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word nose, a figure for anger, tells how God punishes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he wrathfully punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
930	EZR	8	22	s41q	figs-metaphor	כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו	1	всех, оставляющих Его	Forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “all who refuse to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
931	EZR	8	23	f2jm	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠נָּצ֛וּמָ⁠ה	1	И мы постились	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Because Ezra was embarrassed to ask the king for protection, he and his fellow travelers earnestly prayed and fasted for God’s protection. Alternate translation: “For this reason, we fasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
932	EZR	8	23	nfn4	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠נָּצ֛וּמָ⁠ה וַ⁠נְּבַקְשָׁ֥⁠ה מֵ⁠אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ עַל־זֹ֑את וַ⁠יֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	И мы постились и просили нашего Бога об этом, и Он услышал нас	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active form for the last phrase. Alternate translation: “For this reason, we fasted and prayed to God about this, and he answered our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
933	EZR	8	23	g9a0	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽ⁠נוּ	1	и Он услышал нас	As is clear from the way this expression is used elsewhere in the Bible, it means that God answered a prayer. For example, in Genesis 25:21, Isaac entreated Yahweh for his wife because she could not have children, and Yahweh was entreated by him, and Rebekah his wife conceived. However, since Ezra describes only in 8:32 how the group arrived safely in Jerusalem, the prayer had not yet been answered at this point. So an alternative meaning in context would be that the group received assurance that God would answer their prayer. Alternate translation: “and he answered our prayer” or “and we felt assured that he would answer our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
934	EZR	8	24	u78j	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֛ילָ⁠ה	1	И я отделил	The word then indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
935	EZR	8	24	hgbr	translate-textvariants	וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֛ילָ⁠ה מִ⁠שָּׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֥ם מֵ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה	1	И я отделил двенадцать из глав священников: Шеревию, Хашавию и с ними десять из их братьев	Since 8:18 and 19 specifically identify Sherebiah and Hashabiah as Levites, they could not have been leaders of the priests. So a mistake seems to have come into the Hebrew text here. An ancient Greek version of the book of Ezra says “and” before Sherebiah, and that agrees with 8:30, which says that “the priests and the Levites” received the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them. It will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the verse that way. Alternate translation: “Then I selected 12 leaders of the priests, along with Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and ten of their fellow Levites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
936	EZR	8	24	rvwg	figs-idiom	וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֛ילָ⁠ה	1	И я отделил	This expression means to set someone or something apart for a special purpose or assignment. Alternate translation: “I selected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
937	EZR	8	24	v6yb	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה	1	Шеревию, Хашавию	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 8:18 and 8:19. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
938	EZR	8	24	jx71	figs-metaphor	מֵ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	из их братьев	Here, brothers is a figurative way of saying “fellow Levites,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Sherebiah and Hashabiah were included in this group. Alternate translation: “ of their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
939	EZR	8	25	lyek	translate-bmoney	ו⁠אשקול⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	И, взвесив, отдал им серебро, и золото, и сосуды	Ezra says he weighed out the money to the priests and Levites because ancient units of money such as the kikkar and the daric were actually units of the weight of precious metals. The value of the gold and silver objects would similarly have depended on their weight. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
940	EZR	8	25	p4y8	figs-explicit	ו⁠אשקול⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	И, взвесив, отдал им серебро, и золото, и сосуды	The implication is that Ezra divided up the money and the objects into 24 portions of roughly equal value and assigned one portion to each priest and Levite to transport. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
941	EZR	8	25	vuis	figs-metaphor	תְּרוּמַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	пожертвование для Дома нашего Бога	Alternate translation: “the gifts for the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
942	EZR	8	25	ke75	figs-explicit	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַ⁠נִּמְצָאִֽים	1	и весь Израиль, находившийся там	The implication is that this means all the Israelites who living specifically in the province of Babylon, since Artaxerxes had authorized Ezra to invite contributions from people living throughout that province. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
943	EZR	8	25	ptqo	figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַ⁠נִּמְצָאִֽים	1	и весь Израиль, находившийся там	In this context, found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “were there.” Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
944	EZR	8	25	klkw	figs-personification	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	и весь Израиль	Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
945	EZR	8	26	u3bb	figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם	1	И я, взвесив, дал им на руки	While Ezra likely did literally place the money and the objects in the hands of the priests and Levites, hand here figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “I entrusted to them for safe delivery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
946	EZR	8	26	kxz7	figs-explicit	וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם	1	И я, взвесив, дал им на руки	The implication is that the list that follows is the total amount of money and objects that Ezra entrusted to the priests and Levites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Here are the totals of the silver, gold, and objects that I entrusted to these priests and Levites for safe delivery:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
947	EZR	8	26	v4vy	translate-bmoney	כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּ⁠כְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְ⁠כִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר	1	шестьсот пятьдесят талантов серебра и серебряных сосудов на сто талантов, золота — сто талантов	Since prices of precious metals vary over time, if you tried to express the amounts here in modern measurements, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “650 kikkars of silver, silver objects weighing 100 kikkars, and 100 kikkars of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
948	EZR	8	27	q2jm	translate-bmoney	וּ⁠כְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַ⁠אֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף	1	и двадцать золотых чаш, на тысячу драхм	1000 darics was the total value of the 20 bowls, not the value of each one. Here again you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the daric, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the gold in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 golden bowls worth a total of 1000 darics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
949	EZR	8	28	zlh5	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה	1	И я сказал	This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. Ezra first weighed out the silver and gold and objects to the Levites, then he spoke the following words to them. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this time sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
950	EZR	8	28	rbg4	figs-quotemarks	וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	И я сказал им	Them refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in 8:29, Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
951	EZR	8	28	afyr	figs-idiom	אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	Вы святы для Яхве, и священники святы	Holy means “set apart for a special purpose.” Alternate translation: “I have selected you for a special mission. People donated these objects only to be used in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
952	EZR	8	28	w1c9	figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Богу ваших отцов	Fathers here, figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
953	EZR	8	29	im6g	figs-ellipsis	שִׁקְד֣וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֗וּ	1	Бодрствуйте и храните	Here Ezra leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He is describing what the priests and Levites must do with the objects, silver, and gold that were devoted to Yahweh. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take good care of those things, because their donors dedicated them to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
954	EZR	8	29	z0lx	figs-hendiadys	שִׁקְד֣וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֗וּ	1	Бодрствуйте и храните	These two words mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how carefully the priests and Levites need to guard the silver and gold and objects. Alternate translation: “Take good care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
955	EZR	8	29	mtxm	figs-explicit	עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ	1	пока не отдадите их по весу	The implication is that when the priests and Levites arrived in Jerusalem, they would weigh out the silver, gold, and bronze to show the authorities there that they had not taken any of it for themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “until you weigh them out to prove that you have not stolen anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
956	EZR	8	29	y29e	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי֩	1	перед	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
957	EZR	8	29	n925	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠שָׂרֵֽי־הָ⁠אָב֥וֹת לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	и начальниками семейств Израиля	This seems to be another version of the expression the heads of the fathers, which is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Review the note to 1:5 if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and the clan leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
958	EZR	8	29	umrf	figs-explicit	הַ⁠לִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה	1	в хранилище дома Яхве	The book assumes that readers will know that these chambers or rooms are specifically the storerooms in the temple, where money and objects for the temple worship were safely kept. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the storerooms of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
959	EZR	8	29	ng88	figs-quotemarks	בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה	1	дома Яхве	This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in 8:28 to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
960	EZR	8	30	ia74	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠קִבְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם	1	И приняли священники и левиты	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “In keeping with what Ezra told them, the priests and the Levites took” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
961	EZR	8	30	ry58	figs-metonymy	מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	взвешенное серебро, и золото, и сосуды	Here Ezra is describing the money and the objects figuratively by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
962	EZR	8	30	phiv	figs-idiom	וְ⁠קִבְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים	1	И приняли священники и левиты взвешенное серебро, и золото, и сосуды	Ezra had already weighed out the silver and gold and objects to the priests and Levites (8:26–27), so received here does not mean that they took physical possession of them. Rather, it means that they accepted responsibility for them, in light of the charge that Ezra had just given. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites accepted responsibility for the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
963	EZR	8	31	c4v2	translate-names	וַֽ⁠נִּסְעָ֞⁠ה מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א	1	И мы отправились от реки Агавы	See how you translated this name in 8:15. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
964	EZR	8	31	ju8u	translate-hebrewmonths	בִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	двенадцатого числа первого месяца	The first month means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
965	EZR	8	31	c9im	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן	1	двенадцатого числа первого месяца	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, 12, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twelfth,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
966	EZR	8	31	b7m1	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	и рука нашего Бога была над нами	As in the expression hand of our God upon us in 8:18, hand here figuratively represents power and control. The expression indicates that God protected Ezra and the rest of the travelers on their journey. Alternate translation: “God protected us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
967	EZR	8	31	dj8h	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֨צִּילֵ֔⁠נוּ מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב וְ⁠אוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	и Он спасал нас от руки врага и подстерегающего на дороге	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra essentially says the same thing twice to emphasize how carefully God protected this group that was transporting so much treasure. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “God protected us and prevented anyone from robbing us.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The first phrase is more general, and the second phrase describes more specifically how someone might have robbed the group. You could also choose to bring that difference out in your translation. Alternate translation: “and God prevented anyone from attacking us, even though bandits lay in wait along the roadways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
968	EZR	8	31	qn0g	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב	1	от руки врага	Palm here is another way of saying “hand,” which figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “hostile attacks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
969	EZR	8	31	pj64	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠אוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ	1	и подстерегающего на дороге	The abstract noun ambush refers to the way bandits will lie in wait along a roadside to rob travelers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “and bandits lie in wait along the roadside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
970	EZR	8	32	bhdp	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא	1	И мы пришли	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. The group reached Jerusalem safely because God protected them. Alternate translation: “As a result, we came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
971	EZR	8	32	ragy	figs-explicit	וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וַ⁠נֵּ֥שֶׁב שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה	1	И мы пришли в Иерусалим и оставались там три дня	Ezra does not say specifically why the group waited for three days before delivering the silver and gold and objects to the temple. But the implication is that this gave them a chance to rest after their journey and arrange for the delivery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We reached Jerusalem safely, and after we got there, we rested for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
972	EZR	8	33	p3qm	figs-activepassive	נִשְׁקַ֣ל הַ⁠כֶּסֶף֩ וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֨ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים	1	серебро, и золото, и сосуды были сданы по весу	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “each of the priests and Levites weighed out the silver and gold and objects they had transported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
973	EZR	8	33	b9l2	figs-metaphor	עַ֠ל יַד	1	в руки	As in 8:26, while the priests and Levites likely did place the money and the objects in the hands of the temple leaders, hand here figuratively represents control and responsibility. Alternate translation: “into the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
974	EZR	8	33	lte3	translate-names	מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אֽוּרִיָּה֙	1	Меремофу, сыну Урии	Meremoth is the name of a man, and Uriah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
975	EZR	8	33	jb4h	translate-names	אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָ֑ס	1	Елеазару, сыну Финееса	Eleazar is the name of a man, and Phinehas is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
976	EZR	8	33	vg4k	translate-names	יוֹזָבָ֧ד בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ	1	Иозаваду, сыну Иисуса	Jozabad is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
977	EZR	8	33	jrat	translate-names	וְ⁠נֽוֹעַדְיָ֥ה בֶן־בִּנּ֖וּי	1	и Ноадии, сыну Биннуя	Noadiah is the name of a man, and Binnui is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
978	EZR	8	34	sqb5	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֥ר בְּ⁠מִשְׁקָ֖ל לַ⁠כֹּ֑ל	1	всё по счёту, по весу	This means that the objects and the bars or coins of silver and gold were both counted and weighed. The implication is that this was a double confirmation of the honesty of the priests and Levites who had transported these donations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything was both counted and weighed as proof that the men who had carried it had not stolen anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
979	EZR	8	34	nh2n	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֥ב כָּֽל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֖ל	1	И было записано всё взвешенное	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The priests and Levites in the temple wrote down the weight of all the silver and gold and of the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
980	EZR	8	35	gxu7	figs-parallelism	הַ֠⁠בָּאִים מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֜ה	1	Пришедшие из плена сыновья переселения	These two phrases mean the same thing. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “The Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
981	EZR	8	35	qo2t	figs-idiom	הַ֠⁠בָּאִים מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֜ה	1	Пришедшие из плена сыновья переселения	As indicated in 2:1 and 8:35, the phrase the sons of the exile refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “The Jews who had returned from exile” or “The Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
982	EZR	8	35	lgl7	figs-explicit	הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַ⁠כֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	принесли Богу Израиля всесожжения за весь Израиль: двенадцать быков, девяносто шесть баранов, семьдесят семь ягнят, двенадцать козлов за грех. Всё это — всесожжения для Яхве	The book assumes that readers will recognize that the expression burnt offering means two different things here. In its first instance, it means a sacrifice offered in order to express a desire to be in good standing with God by creating an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. This first instance of the expression applies to the bulls, rams, and lambs. As in 6:17, the goats were instead a “sin offering,” a sacrifice offered as an act of contrition and a request for forgiveness. Burnt offering in its second instance means a sacrifice that was entirely consumed, none of which anyone could eat. The bulls, rams, lambs, and goats were all burnt offerings in that second sense. Alternate translation: “offered as burnt offerings to the God of Israel 12 bulls for all Israel, 96 rams, and 77 lambs, and as a sin offering 12 male goats. All of these sacrifices to Yahweh were completely burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
983	EZR	8	35	rdop	translate-symaction	הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר	1	принесли Богу Израиля всесожжения за весь Израиль: двенадцать быков, девяносто шесть баранов, семьдесят семь ягнят, двенадцать козлов за грех	The numbers of animals offered are symbolic, as the book explains in the case of the bulls. There were 12 bulls for all Israel because there were twelve tribes of Israel. There were 12 goats for the same reason. The same symbolism seems to lie behind the 96 rams, since that number is eight times 12, although the significance of the number eight is no longer apparent. The number 77 is an intensive form of the number seven, which symbolizes completeness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered 12 bulls, one for each of the tribes of Israel, 96 rams, eight for each of the tribes of Israel, and 77 lambs, expressing completeness, as burnt offerings to the God of Israel, and 12 male goats as a sin offering, one for each of the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
984	EZR	8	36	r5gu	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנ֣וּ ׀ אֶת־דָּתֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר	1	И они передали указы царя правителям царя и начальникам областей за рекой	Here, the laws of the king seem to mean the decrees that Artaxerxes issued in the letter he gave to Ezra, and specifically the provisions that allowed Ezra to ask for support for the temple, exempted temple personnel from taxation, and allowed Ezra to appoint judges. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Ezra and the Jewish leaders informed the royal officials and governors in Beyond-the-River province of the decrees that Artaxerxes had issued in his letter to Ezra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
985	EZR	8	36	d38g	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִשְּׂא֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת־בֵּֽית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	и вознесли народ и дом Бога	Lifted here, is a metaphor that means supported and sustained. Alternate translation: “The group that had returned with Ezra supported the people of Judah and Jerusalem and the temple of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
986	EZR	9	intro	k1yz			0		Ezra 09 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Intermarriage When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbade this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
987	EZR	9	1	ella	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠כְ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה	1	И по завершении всего этого	This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came right after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
988	EZR	9	1	nhkw	writing-newevent	וּ⁠כְ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת	1	И по завершении всего	The word now introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
989	EZR	9	1	on7w	figs-explicit	הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙	1	правители	These appear to be the same leaders as in 8:29, that is, clan leaders. But this is not a reference to all of them, since the ones who come to Ezra say that some of their fellow leaders have married foreign women. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
990	EZR	9	1	krhd	figs-quotemarks	נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤⁠י…לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	подошли ко мне… говоря	After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
991	EZR	9	1	kb76	figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	Не отделился… от народов стран	Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in 6:21, it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
992	EZR	9	1	tgdv	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם	1	от народов стран с их мерзостями	While the similar phrase in 6:21 spoke of uncleanness, that is, things that God does not accept, the phrase here speaks of abominations, that is, things that are very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that are very displeasing to God that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
993	EZR	9	1	u0xi	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	от народов стран	See how you translated this expression in 3:3. It refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
994	EZR	9	1	wnt5	translate-names	לַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֣י הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֗י הָֽ⁠עַמֹּנִי֙ הַ⁠מֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י וְ⁠הָ⁠אֱמֹרִֽי	1	от хананеев, хеттеев, ферезеев, иевусеев, аммонитян, моавитян, египтян и аморреев	These are the names of eight people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
995	EZR	9	2	r46x	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	потому что	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for the statement that the leaders make in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “You see,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
996	EZR	9	2	vrsp	figs-idiom	נָשְׂא֣וּ מִ⁠בְּנֹֽתֵי⁠הֶ֗ם לָ⁠הֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	они взяли в жёны некоторых из их дочерей себе и своим сыновьям	Lifted from their daughters is an idiom that means “married some of their daughters.” Alternate translation: “Israelite men have married women from these other groups, and they have also gotten wives for their sons from those groups.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
997	EZR	9	2	iac7	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	и смешалось святое семя с народами стран	Here, mixed is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for blending one thing into another. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
998	EZR	9	2	mncx	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	и смешалось святое семя с народами стран	The implication is that as a result of these marriages, not only was a distinct Jewish lineage being lost, the Jewish people were also beginning to follow the practices of these other groups rather than the commandments of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land, and they are starting to follow their practices rather than the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
999	EZR	9	2	fyoq	figs-idiom	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	святое семя	As in 8:28, holiness means “that which is set apart for a special purpose.” Here, the word refers specifically to the way God set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1000	EZR	9	2	wk5m	figs-metaphor	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	святое семя	Here, seed is a metaphor that means “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1001	EZR	9	2	oxmn	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	с народами стран	As in 9:1, this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1002	EZR	9	2	iie7	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יַ֧ד הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה	1	и руки правителей и начальников были первыми в этой неверности	Here, hand figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	EZR	9	2	dwaf	figs-metaphor	בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	в этой неверности	Here, unfaithfulness figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1004	EZR	9	2	vdhr	translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים	1	и начальников	As in 4:9, this term applies to one kind of provincial official in the Persian Empire. Alternate translation: “and provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1005	EZR	9	2	yn4s	figs-quotemarks	בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	в этой неверности	This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in 9:1 to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1006	EZR	9	3	ck87	translate-symaction	קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י וָ⁠אֶמְרְטָ֞⁠ה מִ⁠שְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁ⁠י֙ וּ⁠זְקָנִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵשְׁבָ֖⁠ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם	1	я разорвал свою одежду и мантию, и рвал волосы своей головы и своей бороды, и сидел разбитый	By performing these actions, Ezra was demonstrating symbolically how serious a wrong the Israelites had committed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women, I tore my tunic and my cloak, I pulled out some hair from my head and my beard, and I sat down stunned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1007	EZR	9	3	qhy7		מְשׁוֹמֵֽם	1	разбитый	The sense of this word is that Ezra was so overwhelmed with shock and horror that he did not move or speak. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this. Alternate translation: “stunned”
1008	EZR	9	4	k68j	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אֵלַ֣⁠י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה	1	И ко мне собрались все трепещущие от слов Бога Израиля из-за неверности переселенцев	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone came and joined me who was just as distressed as I was about the way the Jews who had returned from exile had disobeyed the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1009	EZR	9	4	xsvq	figs-metaphor	כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙	1	все трепещущие	Often in the Old Testament, trembled is a metaphor meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. That is likely included in the meaning here, but in this context, the expression also seems to indicate an actual physical response to the situation, just as Ezra did not move or speak. Alternate translation: “everyone who was distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1010	EZR	9	4	adr0	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	от слов Бога Израиля	This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in 9:10 and 9:11. Alternate translation: “the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1011	EZR	9	4	sfvr	figs-abstractnouns	עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה	1	из-за неверности переселенцев	The abstract noun exiles refers in this context to the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. Here, the exiles seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase the sons of the exile in several other places in the book. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1012	EZR	9	4	ys46	figs-metaphor	עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה	1	из-за неверности переселенцев	As in 9:2, unfaithfulness figuratively means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “because of the disobedience of the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1013	EZR	9	4	m8dw	translate-unknown	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְ⁠מִנְחַ֥ת הָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	и я сидел разбитый до вечернего жертвоприношения	The offering of the evening was a sacrifice that the priests would offer around the time that the sun was going down. Alternate translation: “I continued to sit without moving or speaking until the time of the evening sacrifice” or “I continued to sit without moving or speaking for the rest of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1014	EZR	9	5	v2nb	figs-idiom	קַ֚מְתִּי מִ⁠תַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔⁠י	1	я встал от моего поста	Even though Ezra had been sitting down and he now got up, in this context the word arise means more than that. As in 1:5, 3:2, and 5:2, it means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Ezra had been sitting motionless to show how ashamed and upset he was. Now he began to take action to address the situation the clan leaders had told him about. Alternate translation: “I stopped sitting motionless and began to do something about the situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1015	EZR	9	5	zygv	translate-symaction	מִ⁠תַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קָרְעִ֥⁠י בִגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י	1	от моего поста, и в порванной одежде и мантии	As the note to 9:3 explains, Ezra had torn his clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women. By not changing out of his torn clothes, Ezra was continuing to show that symbolically. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I kept wearing my torn clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1016	EZR	9	5	qye1	translate-symaction	וָֽ⁠אֶכְרְעָ⁠ה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֶפְרְשָׂ֥⁠ה כַפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	и опустился на мои колени, и протянул мои руки к Яхве, моему Богу	These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1017	EZR	9	6	y5xu	figs-quotemarks	וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֗⁠ה	1	и сказал	After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through 9:15. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1018	EZR	9	6	yz8d	figs-doublet	בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְ⁠נִכְלַ֔מְתִּי	1	Мне стыдно и позорно	Ashamed and disgraced mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how humiliated he feels by what the Israelites have done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “I am deeply humiliated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1019	EZR	9	6	xiue	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖⁠י אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	поднимать… лицо моё к Тебе	This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1020	EZR	9	6	aca6	figs-parallelism	כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	ведь наши грехи умножились выше головы, и наша вина возросла до неба	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt over them is overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1021	EZR	9	6	axnk	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	ведь наши грехи умножились выше головы, и наша вина возросла до неба	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the prayer, since it gives the reason for the result of Ezra feeling ashamed. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that we are surely guilty, and we know that we are guilty before you. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1022	EZR	9	6	krv9	figs-metaphor	עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ	1	наши грехи умножились выше головы	Here, multiplied means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “we have committed such great sins that they have risen up higher than our heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1023	EZR	9	6	eimq	figs-abstractnouns	עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙	1	наши грехи умножились	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun iniquities with a phrase such as “sins we have committed.” Alternate translation: “the great sins we have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1024	EZR	9	6	bzgy	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ	1	выше головы	Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “to the point that we are surely guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1025	EZR	9	6	c8or	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה	1	и наша вина возросла	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun guilt with a phrase such as “make guilty.” Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1026	EZR	9	6	athx	figs-metonymy	עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	до неба	Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of God by reference to something associated with him, the heavens, which was considered to be the place where God lived. The expression and our guilt has become great, as far as to the heavens means that the sins have become so numerous that they reach God in heaven. In other words, their sin is against God himself. Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1027	EZR	9	7	sv5f	figs-idiom	מִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	От дней наших отцов	The term days is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “From the time of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1028	EZR	9	7	aqdp	figs-metaphor	אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	наших отцов	Fathers here, figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1029	EZR	9	7	jw4h	figs-idiom	עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	до этого дня	In this context, day does not refer to one specific day, but rather, to a more general time. Alternate translation: “until now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1030	EZR	9	7	ur0z	figs-metonymy	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה	1	мы в огромной вине	Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1031	EZR	9	7	wet1	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה	1	в огромной вине	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun guilt with a verb such as “disobey.” Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1032	EZR	9	7	h1bs	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲוֺנֹתֵ֡י⁠נוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת	1	и за наши грехи отданы мы… в руку царей стран	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because we sinned against you, you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1033	EZR	9	7	dr9f	figs-metaphor	נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת	1	отданы мы… в руку царей стран	Here, hand figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1034	EZR	9	7	v9sd	figs-idiom	מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת	1	царей стран	The kings of the lands would be the rulers of the “people of the lands” whom Ezra mentions in 9:1 and 9:2, and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1035	EZR	9	7	f2hv	figs-idiom	בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב בַּ⁠שְּׁבִ֧י וּ⁠בַ⁠בִּזָּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים	1	мечу, плену, грабежу и позору лица	These are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are all things that happened to the Israelites when they were conquered. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1036	EZR	9	7	kz7f	figs-metonymy	בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב	1	мечу	The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “who killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1037	EZR	9	7	lc37	figs-abstractnouns	בַּ⁠שְּׁבִ֧י וּ⁠בַ⁠בִּזָּ֛ה	1	плену, грабежу	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind abstract nouns captivity and plunder with verbs such as “take away” and “steal.” Alternate translation: “who took others away from our homeland, who stole the things that belonged to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1038	EZR	9	7	uvig	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים	1	и позору лица	Here, Ezra uses the face to describe the whole person figuratively, by reference to one part of a person, their face, which would show their shame by its expression. Alternate translation: “and made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1039	EZR	9	7	nj7e	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	как в этот день	In this context, day does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “and that is still our situation now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1040	EZR	9	8	q4h6	figs-idiom	כִּ⁠מְעַט־רֶגַע֩	1	короткое мгновение	Alternate translation: “for just a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1041	EZR	9	8	jqq9	figs-abstractnouns	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	была милость от Яхве, нашего Бога	Here, abstract noun favor refers to one person helping another even if they do not deserve it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1042	EZR	9	8	ym5g	figs-personification	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	была милость от Яхве, нашего Бога	Ezra speaks here of favor or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1043	EZR	9	8	rdwg	figs-123person	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	была милость от Яхве, нашего Бога	Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly, he addresses him in the second person in 9:6 and in 9:10–15. But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1044	EZR	9	8	yszb	figs-metonymy	פְּלֵיטָ֔ה	1	спасшихся	Here, the term escape refers figuratively to a group of survivors. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “nor survivors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1045	EZR	9	8	vhtl	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד	1	и дать нам прочный кол	Ezra speaks figuratively of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security as if it were a peg, such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and brought us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1046	EZR	9	8	b420	figs-idiom	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	в Его святом месте	Holy means “set apart for a special purpose.” The temple was God’s “holy place” because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1047	EZR	9	8	jjw0	figs-123person	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	в Его святом месте	Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1048	EZR	9	8	q90t		בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	в Его святом месте	Ezra speaks of the peg figuratively as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
1049	EZR	9	8	lst9	figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	в Его святом месте	Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God figuratively by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1050	EZR	9	8	h7p2	grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר	1	чтобы… просветил	This word indicates that the phrase it introduces explains the results of what the previous phrases have described. Alternate translation: “as a result … would brighten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1051	EZR	9	8	e1ad	figs-123person	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	чтобы наш Бог просветил	Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “so that you, our God, could revive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1052	EZR	9	8	gg6p	figs-parallelism	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙…וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	чтобы… просветил наши глаза и дал нам ожить немного в нашем рабстве	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “give us new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1053	EZR	9	8	fzoq	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙	1	чтобы… просветил наши глаза	To brighten the eyes of a person means figuratively to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “to give us new vitality” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1054	EZR	9	8	f4s0	figs-explicit	וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	и дал нам ожить немного в нашем рабстве	Since Ezra says that God has made the community figuratively more alive in our bondage, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1055	EZR	9	9	psz0	figs-litotes	לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖⁠נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	не оставил нас Бог наш	Here, Ezra uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “our God has continued to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1056	EZR	9	9	n7de	figs-123person	לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖⁠נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	не оставил нас Бог наш	Ezra continues to speak of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, our God, have not abandoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1057	EZR	9	9	gk7w	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַֽ⁠יַּט	1	и Он простёр	This word but indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the Israelites might have expected God to do, since they were being punished for their disobedience, and what God actually did. You could begin the sentence with a phrase such as “on the contrary” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1058	EZR	9	9	h0hr	figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד	1	и Он простёр к нам верную любовь	As in 7:28, Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1059	EZR	9	9	xh8d	figs-abstractnouns	וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס	1	и Он простёр к нам верную любовь перед лицом царей Персии	Here, the abstract noun faithfulness refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in 3:11 and 7:28, covenant faithfulness refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “help.” Alternate translation: “But he has helped us, as he promised, by leading the king of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1060	EZR	9	9	eb2m	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס	1	перед лицом царей Персии	Here, face refers figuratively to the way a person regards things, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1061	EZR	9	9	jkj1	figs-explicit	מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס	1	царей Персии	Ezra probably uses the plural kings to acknowledge implicitly that not just Artaxerxes, but also Cyrus and Darius before him, treated the Jews favorably by allowing them to rebuild the temple and by supporting the worship there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could name these kings explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus, King Darius, and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1062	EZR	9	9	sc72	figs-metaphor	לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֗ה	1	чтобы дать нам ожить	As in 9:8, reviving or renewed life seems in context to be a figurative expression for greater freedom. Alternate translation: “so that they gave us greater freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1063	EZR	9	9	kdnc	figs-parallelism	לְ⁠רוֹמֵ֞ם אֶת־בֵּ֤ית אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	чтобы мы возвели дом нашего Бога и подняли его развалины	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra says essentially the same thing twice, probably to emphasize how remarkable this was after all the opposition there had been to it. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is stronger because it indicates that the temple had previously been destroyed but now it was being restored. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1064	EZR	9	9	mpbv	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠רוֹמֵ֞ם	1	чтобы мы возвели	To raise up is a figurative expression for building it. Alternate translation: “to rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1065	EZR	9	9	f833	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲמִ֣יד	1	и подняли	Like raise up, this is a figurative expression for building. Alternate translation: “repairing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1066	EZR	9	9	b5aw	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	и чтобы дать нам надёжную стену в Иудее и в Иерусалиме	Ezra is not referring to a literal wall. (The walls of Jerusalem were still broken down at this time. They would not be repaired until Nehemiah came to the city over a dozen years later.) Rather, he means figuratively that the Persian kings authorized the returned exiles to re-establish their community in Judah and Jerusalem, and so they would protect their right to live there. It is as if the Jews are surrounded by a protective wall. Alternate translation: “and has given us a safe place to live in Judah and Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1067	EZR	9	10	a9fk	figs-rquestion	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה מַה־נֹּאמַ֥ר אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את	1	А теперь что мы скажем, Бог наш, после этого?	Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him what excuses he can give for the disobedience of the Israelites. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Israelites really have no excuses. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, our God, we really have no excuses, after you have helped us so much.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1068	EZR	9	10	akg2	figs-metaphor	עָזַ֖בְנוּ מִצְוֺתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	мы оставили Твои заповеди	As in 8:22, forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for disobeying him or refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “we have disobeyed your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1069	EZR	9	11	v7am	figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּ⁠יַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣י⁠ךָ הַ⁠נְּבִיאִים֮	1	которые Ты заповедал через Твоих рабов пророков	Here, hand figuratively represents control and action. This expression means that God gave these commandments by having the prophets speak them to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “which you told your servants, the prophets, to speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1070	EZR	9	11	nqdl	figs-quotemarks	לֵ⁠אמֹר֒	1	говоря	After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what the prophets commanded the people on Yahweh’s behalf. So this is a quotation within a quotation. That is, Ezra is quoting the prayer that he prayed on this occasion, and within that prayer, he is quoting what the prophets said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1071	EZR	9	11	cqpt	figs-metaphor	אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	она земля нечистая нечистотой народов стран	The prophets speak figuratively of the land of Canaan as if it were itself impure, because it was a place where the people did things that were so displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “a land whose inhabitants do things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1072	EZR	9	11	n022	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת	1	нечистотой	The prophets speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were contaminated. Alternate translation: “by the things that are displeasing to God of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1073	EZR	9	11	t4gi	figs-idiom	עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	народов стран	See how you translated this expression in 3:3. Here it refers to members of other people groups who were living in the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1074	EZR	9	11	y2ii	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּ⁠הָ מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם	1	их мерзостями, которыми они заполнили её от края до края в своей нечистоте	The term abominations, like the term “impurity,” refers to things that people do that are very displeasing to God. As in 9:1, the term indicates that God must judge these actions as wrong, that is, as not in accordance with his own character. The prophets speak figuratively of these things as if they were accumulating physically and filling up the land. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Throughout the land, from one end to the other, they have been doing things that are very displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	EZR	9	11	vo7q	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה	1	от края до края	Here, mouth is a figurative way of saying “edge,” “end,” or “extremity,” probably by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “from one end to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1076	EZR	9	11	ctyk	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם	1	в своей нечистоте	The prophets also speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were dirty. Alternate translation: “through the things they do that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1077	EZR	9	12	evio	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ֠⁠עַתָּה	1	И теперь	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1078	EZR	9	12	sea2	figs-idiom	בְּֽנוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֞ם אַל־תִּתְּנ֣וּ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	ваших дочерей не выдавайте за их сыновей	This expression means specifically to give daughters in marriage. Alternate translation: “do not arrange marriages between your daughters and their sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1079	EZR	9	12	pe30	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְנֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂא֣וּ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	и их дочерей не берите вашим сыновьям	As in 9:2, to lift their daughters for your sons is an idiom that means “to get wives for your sons from among their daughters.” Alternate translation: “and do not get wives for your sons from their daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1080	EZR	9	12	o8bm	figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛⁠ם וְ⁠טוֹבָתָ֖⁠ם עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם	1	и не ищите их мира и их добра вовеки	Until eternity is a Hebrew expression that means for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future. Alternate translation: “and never do anything that contributes to their welfare or prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1081	EZR	9	12	qq14	figs-doublet	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛⁠ם וְ⁠טוֹבָתָ֖⁠ם	1	и не ищите их мира и их добра	Peace and good mean similar things. The prophets use them together to emphasize the importance of this commandment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression, as UST does, saying “cause things to go well.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1082	EZR	9	12	sfei	figs-parallelism	לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	чтобы вы укреплялись и ели добро этой земли	These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1083	EZR	9	12	r9c0	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם	1	и оставили её в наследство вашим сыновьям вовеки	As earlier in the sentence, until eternity means “*for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future.” Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1084	EZR	9	12	s1e8	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	вашим сыновьям	Here, sons figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1085	EZR	9	12	uax9	figs-quotemarks	עַד־עוֹלָֽם	1	вовеки	After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in 9:11 to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1086	EZR	9	13	am2g	figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָ⁠רָעִ֔ים וּ⁠בְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֑ה	1	за наши злые дела и за нашу великую вину	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “since we are so guilty because of the wrong things we have done” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “since we have committed such great sins, and since we are so guilty as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1087	EZR	9	13	ulhq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	כִּ֣י	1	ведь	The meaning of the word for is not entirely clear in this context. The term could indicate that the phrase that comes after it is describing a second reason why the Jews should return to breaking God's commandments and intermarrying with foreigners. In this case, the first reason would be because of God's punishment for their sins. The second reason would because of God's mercy in that he did not punish them more. Alternate translation: “and” The term might also indicate a contrast, meaning that even though God has punished them, he has not punished them as much as much as he should have for the sins they committed. Alternate translation: “even though” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1088	EZR	9	13	hd7r	figs-idiom	חָשַׂ֤כְתָּֽ לְ⁠מַ֨טָּה֙ מֵֽ⁠עֲוֺנֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	наказал нас меньше, чем наш грех	This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “have not punished us as fully as our sins deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1089	EZR	9	13	w379	figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַ֥תָּה לָּ֛⁠נוּ פְּלֵיטָ֖ה כָּ⁠זֹֽאת	1	и дал нам такое избавление	Ezra is referring implicitly to himself and to the other Jews who have returned from exile. Alternate translation: “and you have allowed some of us to return to our homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1090	EZR	9	14	jh1x	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠נָשׁוּב֙ לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר מִצְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ וּ֨⁠לְ⁠הִתְחַתֵּ֔ן בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֥י הַ⁠תֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	разве мы снова станем нарушать Твои заповеди и вступать в родство с народами этих мерзостей?	Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether the people should once again disobey. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for them to stop intermarrying with the other people groups. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we certainly should not break your commandments again by intermarrying with peoples who do things that you cannot stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1091	EZR	9	14	pm7m	figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֥י הַ⁠תֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה	1	с народами этих мерзостей	As in 9:1 and 9:11, the term abominations refers to things that God cannot stand to have in his presence. Alternate translation: “with the people groups who do these things that God cannot stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1092	EZR	9	14	mn62	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה לְ⁠אֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה	1	Разве Ты не прогневаешься на нас так, что истребишь нас, и не будет остатка и уцелевших?	Once again Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether he would be angry with the Jews. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how angry God would become. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “If we did that, you would be totally angry with us, and you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1093	EZR	9	14	tlu0	figs-idiom	תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה	1	Ты… прогневаешься на нас так, что истребишь нас	This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “totally angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1094	EZR	9	14	ulm6	figs-doublet	לְ⁠אֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה	1	и не будет остатка и уцелевших	In this specific context, the terms remnant and escape mean the same thing. Ezra uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1095	EZR	9	14	z9sd	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה	1	и уцелевших	As in 9:8, the term escape refers figuratively to a group of survivors. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “nor survivors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1096	EZR	9	15	qhg9	grammar-connect-logic-result	יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ צַדִּ֣יק אַ֔תָּה כִּֽי־נִשְׁאַ֥רְנוּ פְלֵיטָ֖ה כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	Яхве, Бог Израиля! Ты праведен, потому что мы остались уцелевшими, как в этот день	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for what the first phrase says. Alternate translation: “Only a small number of us are now left, and we acknowledge that you, Yahweh, the God of Israel, were right to punish us this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1097	EZR	9	15	nw97	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	как в этот день	In this context, day does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1098	EZR	9	15	a177	figs-parallelism	הִנְ⁠נ֤וּ לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֔י⁠נוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לַ⁠עֲמ֛וֹד לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַל־זֹֽאת	1	Вот мы перед Твоим лицом в нашей вине, хотя невозможно стоять перед Твоим лицом из-за этого	These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis as he makes this confession of guilt on behalf of the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more intensive. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty, and none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1099	EZR	9	15	lh5h	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	перед Твоим лицом	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “into your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1100	EZR	9	15	el20	figs-idiom	אֵ֥ין לַ⁠עֲמ֛וֹד לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	невозможно стоять перед Твоим лицом	To stand is a Hebrew idiom meaning to be acquitted. (For example, in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” and Psalm 1:5, “The wicked will not stand in the judgment.”) Alternate translation: “none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1101	EZR	9	15	vlk8	figs-quotemarks	עַל־זֹֽאת	1	из-за этого	This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of the prayer that he prayed on this occasion. If you decided in 9:6 to mark his words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1102	EZR	10	intro	ah4y			0		Ezra 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Intermarriages The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.
1103	EZR	10	1	ufb1	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּ⁠כְ֨⁠הִתְוַדֹּת֔⁠וֹ בֹּכֶה֙ וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים נִקְבְּצוּ֩ אֵלָ֨י⁠ו מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֜ל קָהָ֣ל רַב־מְאֹ֗ד אֲנָשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠נָשִׁים֙ וִֽ⁠ילָדִ֔ים כִּֽי־בָכ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה	1	И когда молился Ездра, и когда он исповедовался, плача и падая перед домом Бога, собралось к нему из Израиля очень большое собрание мужчин, и женщин, и детей, потому что плакал народ большим плачем	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the last sentence in the verse before the second phrase of the first sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that phrase describes. You could also show the connection by using a phrase like “and so.” Alternate translation: “While Ezra was kneeling down in front of the temple and praying this prayer of confession, the people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty. And so a very large crowd of Israelite men, women, and children gathered to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1104	EZR	10	1	drpv	writing-participants	וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל	1	И когда молился	Previously in the book, Ezra was a character in a story that someone else has been telling. Starting from 7:27 he becomes the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. From here to the end of the book, the story changes back to someone else talking about Ezra as a character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1105	EZR	10	1	elvd	figs-parallelism	וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּ⁠כְ֨⁠הִתְוַדֹּת֔⁠וֹ	1	И когда молился Ездра, и когда он исповедовался	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “While Ezra was praying this prayer of confession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1106	EZR	10	1	ekt7	translate-symaction	וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	и падая перед домом Бога	By falling down onto the ground in front of the temple, Ezra was symbolically pleading with God, who was considered to be present in the temple, the way a supplicant would get down with his face on the ground to plead with a powerful person in this culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pleading with God by falling down onto the ground in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1107	EZR	10	1	vcs1	figs-metaphor	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	перед домом Бога	Here, face figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1108	EZR	10	1	ry9k	figs-explicit	בָכ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה	1	плакал народ большим плачем	The implication is that the people were weeping because they realized what a wrong thing they had done and how guilty they were because of it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1109	EZR	10	2	ygp9	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יַּעַן֩	1	И ответил	The word then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1110	EZR	10	2	zx9r	translate-names	שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל	1	Шехания, сын Иехиила	Shekaniah is the name of a man, and Jehiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1111	EZR	10	2	at6v	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙	1	из сыновей Елама	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1112	EZR	10	2	v7rt	translate-names	עֵילָם֙	1	Елама	Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1113	EZR	10	2	hqgs	figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יַּעַן֩…וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	И ответил… и сказал	Here the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. Together, the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1114	EZR	10	2	wbo8	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֔א	1	и сказал Ездре	After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Shekaniah said to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1115	EZR	10	2	af7v	figs-metaphor	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	Мы поступили неверно с нашим Богом	As in 9:2 and 9:4, acted unfaithfully figuratively means “acted in disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1116	EZR	10	2	jfau	figs-idiom	וַ⁠נֹּ֛שֶׁב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּ֖וֹת מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	и взяли себе чужеземных жён из народов земли	To cause to dwell is an idiom that means “to marry.” Alternate translation: “and have married foreign women from the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1117	EZR	10	2	kucg	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	из народов земли	This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1118	EZR	10	2	dp2y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה	1	но сейчас	The words but now indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way the situation appeared to be hopeless and the fact that the Jews could still do something about it. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1119	EZR	10	2	k21b	figs-personification	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת	1	но сейчас есть надежда для Израиля в этом	Here Shekaniah refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “but there is still hope for the Israelites in this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1120	EZR	10	2	xeuk	figs-123person	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת	1	но сейчас есть надежда для Израиля в этом	Though Shekaniah speaks of Israel, meaning the Israelites, in the third person, the term includes himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this phrase in the second person. Alternate translation: “But there is still hope for us in this matter” or “But there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1121	EZR	10	2	yh2o	figs-exclusive	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת	1	но сейчас есть надежда для Израиля в этом	Since Shekaniah is speaking to Ezra and the term for Israel applies to him as well, if you choose to translate this phrase in the second person, the term “us” or “we” should include the addressee, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “But there is still hope for us in this matter” or “But there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1122	EZR	10	3	ysow	figs-idiom	נִֽכְרָת־בְּרִ֣ית	1	давайте заключим завет	This is a Hebrew idiom that means “to make or enter into a covenant,” which is a solemn agreement between two parties. Alternate translation: “make a solemn agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1123	EZR	10	3	w4zm	figs-idiom	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֨יא כָל־נָשִׁ֜ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹלָ֤ד מֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	чтобы отпустить всех жён и рождённых от них	To cause to go out is a Hebrew idiom that means “to divorce and send away.” Alternate translation: “to divorce and send away all of these foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1124	EZR	10	3	zmyn	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹלָ֤ד מֵ⁠הֶם֙	1	и рождённых от них	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a noun to represent this phrase that uses a passive verb form. Alternate translation: “their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1125	EZR	10	3	iljp	figs-123person	בַּ⁠עֲצַ֣ת אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י	1	по совету моего господина	Shekaniah addresses Ezra in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate this with the second person. Alternate translation: “doing it in the way that you advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1126	EZR	10	3	zzvz	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠חֲרֵדִ֖ים בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	и трепещущих перед заповедями нашего Бога	As in 9:4, tremble is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. Alternate translation: “and in the way that seems right to everyone who respects the commandment of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1127	EZR	10	3	hla5	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כַ⁠תּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה	1	и пусть делается по Закону	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “And let us make sure that we are following what the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1128	EZR	10	4	tx9m	figs-idiom	ק֛וּם	1	Встань	Here, as in several other places in the book, arise means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “Do something about this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1129	EZR	10	4	ao5k	figs-idiom	כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥י⁠ךָ הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר	1	ведь на тебе это дело	This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1130	EZR	10	4	d8d8	figs-idiom	כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥י⁠ךָ הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר	1	ведь на тебе это дело	The implication is that this was Ezra’s responsibility because King Artaxerxes had given him the mandate to teach the Jews to follow the commandments of Yahweh and the authority to ensure that they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility, since the king told you to teach us Yahweh’s commandments and make sure that we followed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1131	EZR	10	4	m4vg		וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	и мы с тобой	Alternate translation: “and we will support you”
1132	EZR	10	4	hrga	figs-ellipsis	חֲזַ֖ק וַ⁠עֲשֵֽׂה	1	крепись и делай	Here, Shekaniah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Be strong and take action to address this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1133	EZR	10	4	bhrm	figs-quotemarks	חֲזַ֖ק וַ⁠עֲשֵֽׂה	1	крепись и делай	After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Shekaniah said to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in 10:2 to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1134	EZR	10	5	v0zf	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם	1	И встал	The word and indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1135	EZR	10	5	p6uh	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א	1	И встал Ездра	Once again, arose means took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “So Ezra took initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1136	EZR	10	5	medp	figs-explicit	לַ⁠עֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	что они сделают по этому слову	The implication in context is that this word refers to Shekaniah’s recommendation that the Jews send away all the foreign wives and their children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do what Shekaniah had recommended and make the Israelites send away all the foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1137	EZR	10	6	k8jp	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	от дома Бога	As in 10:1, face here figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “from in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1138	EZR	10	6	j78q	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֕לֶךְ אֶל־לִשְׁכַּ֖ת יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב	1	и пошёл в жилище Иоханана, сына Елияшива	As in 8:29, chamber means a room, and in context here it seems to refer similarly to one of the rooms in the temple. Eliashib was the high priest, and so it is probable that one of his family members would have had a room there. The book does not say why Ezra went to one of the rooms in the temple, but the implication is that he did so in order to meet further with the community leaders and make plans for the assembly that the following verses describe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he went to one of the rooms in the temple, the one that belonged to Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib, to meet further with the leaders to make plans to call an assembly of all the returned exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1139	EZR	10	6	z4zq	figs-metaphor	יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב	1	Иоханана, сына Елияшива	Jehohanan was actually the grandson of Eliashib, so son figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1140	EZR	10	6	j3bg	translate-names	יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן…אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב	1	Иоханана… Елияшива	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1141	EZR	10	6	vkgv	figs-ellipsis	וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ שָׁ֗ם לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה	1	и пришёл туда. Хлеб не ел и воду не пил	Here the book leaves out some of the words that would ordinarily be needed in order to express a complete meaning. Alternate translation: “And when he went there, he did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1142	EZR	10	6	b5wa	grammar-connect-logic-result	לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה	1	Хлеб не ел и воду не пил, потому что скорбел о неверности переселенцев	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1143	EZR	10	6	fwd9	translate-symaction	לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה	1	Хлеб не ел и воду не пил, потому что скорбел о неверности переселенцев	Not eating or drinking was a symbolic action whose purpose was to show that Ezra was grieving over the disobedience of the exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To show that he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1144	EZR	10	6	cs2r	figs-synecdoche	לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה	1	Хлеб не ел и воду не пил	It is likely that the story is using bread, one kind of food, to represent all food, and that it is using water, one kind of drink, to represent all drink. Alternate translation: “He did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1145	EZR	10	6	s6oc	figs-metaphor	מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה	1	неверности переселенцев	Unfaithfulness figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1146	EZR	10	6	dt20	figs-abstractnouns	מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה	1	неверности переселенцев	The abstract noun exiles describes the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. (The term seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase “the sons of the exile” that is used in several places in the book, including in the next verse.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1147	EZR	10	7	egfd	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֜וֹל בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֣ה וִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִַ֗ם	1	И объявили в Иудее и Иерусалиме	As in 1:1, this sound is a voice speaking a message, and it figuratively represents the message that the voice speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “They sent messengers throughout Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1148	EZR	10	7	sni5	figs-idiom	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1	сыновьям переселения	As indicated in 2:1 and 8:35, the phrase the sons of the exile refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1149	EZR	10	7	fkhl	figs-abstractnouns	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1	сыновьям переселения	The abstract noun exile refers to the way the Babylonians had taken the Jews as captives and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return,” which would describe the present situation of some of these Jews and their descendants. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1150	EZR	10	8	tv2h		כַּ⁠עֲצַ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֔ים	1	по решению правителей и старейшин	Alternate translation: “as the leaders and elders had specified they must”
1151	EZR	10	8	a5ia	figs-idiom	יָחֳרַ֖ם כָּל־רְכוּשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	пусть будет отдано проклятию всё его имущество	Devoted to the ban is an idiom that refers to the complete loss of property. While in earlier times this would have meant that the property would be totally destroyed, in this context it likely meant that it would be confiscated and sold and that the proceeds would be put in the temple treasury. Alternate translation: “all of his property would be confiscated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1152	EZR	10	8	gf6s	figs-idiom	וְ⁠ה֥וּא יִבָּדֵ֖ל מִ⁠קְּהַ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה	1	и он сам пусть отделится от общества переселенцев	Separated from the assembly is a Hebrew idiom that means to be expelled from the community and no longer considered a Jew. Alternate translation: “He himself would be expelled from the Jewish community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1153	EZR	10	8	hnmq	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠קְּהַ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה	1	от общества переселенцев	As often in the book, the abstract noun exiles here refers to the way the Jews had been transported away from their homeland but had since returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return.” Alternate translation: “the community of Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1154	EZR	10	9	kp1w	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּקָּבְצ֣וּ	1	И собрались	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1155	EZR	10	9	je29	figs-personification	כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֨ן	1	все мужчины Иуды и Вениамина	Here the story refers to all of the descendants of Judah figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Judah, and similarly to the descendants of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the men from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1156	EZR	10	9	pfo4	figs-synecdoche	כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֨ן	1	все мужчины Иуды и Вениамина	Since the assembly included Israelites from other tribes (for example, the priests and the Levites, who were both from the tribe of Levi), the book is using the tribes of Judah and Benjamin to represent all the Israelite tribes. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1157	EZR	10	9	e785	figs-metonymy	כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֨ן	1	все мужчины Иуды и Вениамина	Another way to look at this is that the book is describing all of the Israelites figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the area in which they were now living, which had previously been the territory of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1158	EZR	10	9	v2eh	translate-hebrewmonths	ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠תְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	Это был девятый месяц, двадцатого числа месяца	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. You may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1159	EZR	10	9	keco	figs-explicit	ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠תְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	Это был девятый месяц, двадцатого числа месяца	Since the story does not say otherwise, the implication is that this was still the same year in which Ezra returned to Jerusalem, that is, the seventh year of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month in the seventh year of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1160	EZR	10	9	egr3	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	двадцатого числа месяца	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, twenty, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twentieth” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twentieth day of month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1161	EZR	10	9	j9d3	translate-unknown	בִּ⁠רְחוֹב֙ בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	на площади перед домом Бога	Open place means a “plaza” or “square” in the city where there were no buildings and so where large gatherings like this could be held. Alternate translation: “in the temple square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1162	EZR	10	9	qlio	figs-metaphor	מַרְעִידִ֥ים עַל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר וּ⁠מֵ⁠הַ⁠גְּשָׁמִֽים	1	трепеща от этого дела и от дождей	As elsewhere in the book, trembling here may be a metaphor meaning regarding someone or something with respect and reverential fear. However, the people were likely trembling literally because of the rain, that is, shaking with cold. So the book is either mixing figurative and literal uses of the same term, or the people were literally shaking because they were all being called to account for a serious disobedience. Alternate translation: “deeply serious about the issue of disobedience and shaking with cold from the rain” or “shaking with fear because they were being called to account for disobedience and shaking with cold because of the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1163	EZR	10	10	o09g	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	И встал священник Ездра, и сказал им	By standing up in front of the assembly, Ezra was indicating that it was starting and that he was leading it. Alternate translation: “Then Ezra stood up in front of the assembly as its leader and said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1164	EZR	10	10	rlnr	figs-informremind	עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙	1	священник Ездра	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
1165	EZR	10	10	wr45	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	и сказал им	After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Ezra said to the assembly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1166	EZR	10	10	x4sz	figs-metaphor	מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת	1	поступили неверно и взяли себе чужеземных жён	Acted unfaithfully figuratively means committed disobedience. Alternate translation: “disobeyed by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1167	EZR	10	10	v95n	figs-metaphor	מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת	1	поступили неверно и взяли себе чужеземных жён	The implication is that this was disobedience to the commandment of Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “disobeyed the commandment of Yahweh by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1168	EZR	10	10	nduh	figs-idiom	וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת	1	и взяли себе чужеземных жён	See how you translated this expression in 10:2. Alternate translation: “have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1169	EZR	10	11	m0l7	figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה תְּנ֥וּ תוֹדָ֛ה לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	А теперь сделайте признание перед Яхве, Богом ваших отцов	In this context, give thanks is an idiom that means “make confession.” Alternate translation: “confess to Yahweh, the God of your ancestors, that you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1170	EZR	10	11	b2x3	figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Богом ваших отцов	Fathers here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1171	EZR	10	11	man9	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠נָּכְרִיּֽוֹת	1	и исполните Его волю, и отделитесь от народов земли и от чужеземных жён	With regard to the other people groups, the word separate means dissolving the alliances that had been formed with them by marriage. With regard to the foreign wives, it is a figurative term for divorce. Alternate translation: “and obey him by divorcing and sending away your foreign wives, and thereby breaking the alliances you have formed with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1172	EZR	10	11	eyne	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	от народов земли	This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1173	EZR	10	11	ofga	figs-quotemarks	הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠נָּכְרִיּֽוֹת	1	чужеземных жён	After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in 10:10 to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1174	EZR	10	12	tatu	figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יַּֽעְנ֧וּ…וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ	1	И ответило… и сказало	See how you translated this expression in 10:2. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1175	EZR	10	12	hvpb	figs-quotemarks	ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל	1	громким голосом	After this phrase the book begins to quote what the assembly replied to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1176	EZR	10	12	jgje	figs-idiom	כֵּ֛ן כִּדְבָרְךָ֥ עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	Так, как ты сказал, нам нужно сделать	Like the similar expression “the matter is on you” in 10:4, this is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “We agree that it is our responsibility to do what you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1177	EZR	10	13	sjoy	figs-explicit	הָ⁠עָ֥ם רָב֙	1	народа много	The implication is that there are too many people potentially involved with the problem to deal with all at once. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are too many people to deal with all at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1178	EZR	10	13	ns3z	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הָ⁠עֵ֣ת גְּשָׁמִ֔ים וְ⁠אֵ֥ין כֹּ֖חַ לַ⁠עֲמ֣וֹד בַּ⁠ח֑וּץ	1	и сейчас дожди, и нет силы стоять на улице	To say that there is no strength for something is an idiom in Hebrew meaning that it is too difficult. Alternate translation: “it is too much of a hardship to make everyone stand outside during the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1179	EZR	10	13	poap	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְ⁠י֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לִ⁠שְׁנַ֔יִם כִּֽי־הִרְבִּ֥ינוּ לִ⁠פְשֹׁ֖עַ בַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	И это дело не на один день и не на два, ведь мы много согрешили в этом деле	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because so many of us have disobeyed Yahweh and married foreign women, it will take a long time to identify them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1180	EZR	10	13	wqu4	figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְ⁠י֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לִ⁠שְׁנַ֔יִם	1	И это дело не на один день и не на два	One day or two is a figurative way of saying “a short time.” Alternate translation: “It will take a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1181	EZR	10	14	fcw7	figs-idiom	יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵי⁠נוּ לְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֞ל	1	Пусть стоят наши правители за всё общество	Here, stand for is an idiom that means “represent.” (10:16 explains specifically how the community arranged for its leaders to be its representatives.) Alternate translation: “Let our leaders represent all of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1182	EZR	10	14	wybo	figs-idiom	הַ⁠הֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִיּוֹת֙	1	взявшие себе чужеземных жён	See how you translated this expression in 10:2. Alternate translation: “those who have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1183	EZR	10	14	wvv6	figs-idiom	יָבֹא֙…וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָ⁠עִ֖יר וְ⁠שֹׁפְטֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	пусть приходят… и с ними старейшины каждого города и его судьи	City by city is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “let … come with the elders and judges of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1184	EZR	10	14	qdri	figs-metaphor	עַ֠ד לְ⁠הָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד לַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	пока не отвернётся от нас пылающий гнев нашего Бога за это дело	In Hebrew, burning of the nose figuratively represents anger, and if someone’s anger is turned back, that means figuratively that they are no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1185	EZR	10	14	cs93	figs-quotemarks	לַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	за это дело	After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in 10:12 to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1186	EZR	10	15	arho	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אַ֣ךְ	1	Так	The word only indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the willingness of almost the entire assembly to pursue this matter and the opposition of these four men. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1187	EZR	10	15	z2yc	figs-explicit	יוֹנָתָ֧ן…וְ⁠יַחְזְיָ֥ה…עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְ⁠שַׁבְּתַ֥י…עֲזָרֻֽ⁠ם	1	Ионафан… и Яхзеия… стали над этим, а Мешуллам и Шавфай… помогали им	The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai …supported them, but they were not able to convince the assembly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1188	EZR	10	15	piy5	translate-names	יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל	1	Ионафан, сын Асаила	Jonathan is the name of a man, and Asahel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1189	EZR	10	15	i7li	translate-names	וְ⁠יַחְזְיָ֥ה בֶן־תִּקְוָ֖ה	1	и Яхзеия, сын Фиквы	Jahzeiah is the name of a man, and Tikvah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1190	EZR	10	15	sl99	figs-metaphor	עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את	1	стали над этим	Here, stood against something means figuratively to have opposed it. Alternate translation: “did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1191	EZR	10	15	uu1e	translate-names	וּ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְ⁠שַׁבְּתַ֥י	1	а Мешуллам и Шавфай	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1192	EZR	10	16	jyy9	figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֮ בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֒	1	И сделали так сыновья переселения	See how you translated the expression the sons of the exile in 10:7. Alternate translation: “So the Jews who had returned to their homeland did what their assembly had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1193	EZR	10	16	sz6j	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּבָּדְלוּ֩ עֶזְרָ֨א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֲנָשִׁ֨ים רָאשֵׁ֧י הָ⁠אָב֛וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠כֻלָּ֣⁠ם בְּ⁠שֵׁמ֑וֹת	1	и были отделены священник Ездра, мужчины, главы семейств от дома их отцов, и все они по именам	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Ezra the priest summoned the leaders of each clan by name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1194	EZR	10	16	rrw5	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֧י הָ⁠אָב֛וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	главы семейств от дома их отцов	As in 1:5 and many other places in the book, the heads of the fathers is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses,” and the house of the father or “father’s house” means a clan. Alternate translation: “the leaders of each clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1195	EZR	10	16	soo5	figs-informremind	עֶזְרָ֨א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן	1	священник Ездра	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
1196	EZR	10	16	brup	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֗וּ	1	И заседали они	While it is likely that these leaders conducted their inquiry while sitting down, sat down here is a figurative way of saying “convened” or “met to do business.” Alternate translation: “they met for the first time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1197	EZR	10	16	c2z7	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠י֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֔י	1	в первый день десятого месяца	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1198	EZR	10	16	waht	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠י֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֔י	1	в первый день десятого месяца	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, one, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1199	EZR	10	16	tpyq	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠דַרְי֖וֹשׁ הַ⁠דָּבָֽר	1	чтобы исследовать это дело	Seek out here figuratively means to “investigate.” Alternate translation: “to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1200	EZR	10	17	i02i	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל אֲנָשִׁ֕ים	1	И они закончили со всеми мужчинами	Finished with is an idiom here. Alternate translation: “they succeeded in identifying all the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1201	EZR	10	17	gtyy	figs-idiom	הַ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת	1	которые взяли себе чужеземных жён	See how you translated this expression in 10:2. Alternate translation: “who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1202	EZR	10	17	kgk5	translate-hebrewmonths	י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	первого дня первого месяца	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “by the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1203	EZR	10	17	u24d	translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן	1	первого дня первого месяца	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, one, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1204	EZR	10	18	rqg8	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵא֙ מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י	1	И нашлись из сыновей	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “The clan leaders identified some men from among” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1205	EZR	10	18	vpyw	figs-idiom	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים	1	из сыновей священников	Here, sons of is a figurative expression that indicates that a person shares the qualities of something. Hebrew often uses the expression to describe a person’s occupation. Alternate translation: “some … among the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1206	EZR	10	18	w0rr	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת	1	которые взяли себе чужеземных жён	See how you translated this expression in 10:2. Alternate translation: “who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1207	EZR	10	18	sf5b	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י יֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָק֙ וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	из сыновей Иисуса, сына Иоседека, и его братьев	Sons here figuratively means “descendants,” since Jeshua lived many years before this time, but “son” is literal because Jeshu was the biological son of Jozadak. Brothers could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers figuratively to relatives. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua the son of Jozadak and his relatives” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1208	EZR	10	18	pp5e	translate-names	מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ וֶֽ⁠אֱלִיעֶ֔זֶר וְ⁠יָרִ֖יב וּ⁠גְדַלְיָֽה	1	Маасея, и Елиезер, и Иарив, и Гедалия	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1209	EZR	10	19	xu0s	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֥וּ	1	И они дали	The word so indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1210	EZR	10	19	w25u	translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֥וּ יָדָ֖⁠ם	1	И они дали свои руки	This means that the men shook hands with the clan leaders to signify that they were making a promise. Alternate translation: “So they shook hands in pledge” or “So they shook hands and promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1211	EZR	10	19	y3eh	figs-explicit	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֑ם וַ⁠אֲשֵׁמִ֥ים אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן עַל־אַשְׁמָתָֽ⁠ם	1	что отпустят своих жён и за свою вину принесут в жертву барана из стада	While the book does not specify that all the other men whose names are listed in the rest of this chapter had to make a similar pledge and pay a similar penalty, the implication is that the commission required these same things of all the offenders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they would divorce their wives and send them away and that they would sacrifice a ram from their flocks as a guilt offering, since the clan leaders had found them guilty. The clan leaders made all the men who had married foreign wives do these same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1212	EZR	10	19	v518	figs-idiom	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	что отпустят своих жён	As in 10:3, to cause to go out is a Hebrew idiom that means to divorce and send away. Alternate translation: “that they would divorce their wives and send them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1213	EZR	10	19	i4ab	figs-ellipsis	וַ⁠אֲשֵׁמִ֥ים אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן עַל־אַשְׁמָתָֽ⁠ם	1	и за свою вину принесут в жертву барана из стада	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and that they would sacrifice a ram from their flocks as a guilt offering, since the clan leaders had found them guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1214	EZR	10	20	d98p	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר	1	И из сыновей Иммера	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1215	EZR	10	20	re8v	translate-names	חֲנָ֖נִי וּ⁠זְבַדְיָֽה	1	Хананий и Зевадия	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1216	EZR	10	21	hqu7	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם	1	И из сыновей Харима	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1217	EZR	10	21	vq5r	translate-names	מַעֲשֵׂיָ֤ה וְ⁠אֵֽלִיָּה֙ וּֽ⁠שְׁמַֽעְיָ֔ה וִ⁠יחִיאֵ֖ל וְ⁠עֻזִיָּֽה	1	Маасея, и Елия, и Шемаия, и Иехиил, и Уззия	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1218	EZR	10	22	bs2z	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י פַּשְׁח֑וּר	1	И из сыновей Пашхура	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1219	EZR	10	22	yf1x	translate-names	אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֤י מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל נְתַנְאֵ֔ל יוֹזָבָ֖ד וְ⁠אֶלְעָשָֽׂה	1	Елиоенай, Маасея, Исмаил, Нафанаил, Иозавад и Эласа	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1220	EZR	10	23	ef8q	translate-names	הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם	1	левитов	See how you translated this term in 2:40. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1221	EZR	10	23	y5l2	translate-names	יוֹזָבָ֣ד וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֗י וְ⁠קֵֽלָיָה֙ ה֣וּא קְלִיטָ֔א פְּתַֽחְיָ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה וֶ⁠אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר	1	Иозавад, и Шимей, и Келаия, он же Клита, Пафахия, Иуда и Елиезер	These are the names of six men and an alternate name for one of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1222	EZR	10	24	mpru		הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים	1	певцов	This is the same occupational group as in 2:41. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
1223	EZR	10	24	cg6w	translate-names	אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב	1	Елияшив	Eliashib is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1224	EZR	10	24	zd2i		הַ⁠שֹּׁ֣עֲרִ֔ים	1	сторожей ворот	This is the same occupational group as in 2:42. Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
1225	EZR	10	24	dsd1	translate-names	שַׁלֻּ֥ם וָ⁠טֶ֖לֶם וְ⁠אוּרִֽי	1	Шаллум, и Телем, и Урий	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1226	EZR	10	25	edlz	figs-personification	וּ⁠מִֽ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	И из Израильтян	Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “These were from the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1227	EZR	10	25	frh1	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֡שׁ	1	из сыновей Пароша	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1228	EZR	10	25	y951	translate-names	רַ֠מְיָה וְ⁠יִזִּיָּ֤ה וּ⁠מַלְכִּיָּה֙ וּ⁠מִיָּמִ֣ן וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֔ר וּ⁠מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וּ⁠בְנָיָֽה	1	Рамаия, и Иззия, и Малхия, и Миямин, и Елеазар, и Малхия, и Бенаия	These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1229	EZR	10	26	n4c3	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם	1	И из сыновей Елама	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1230	EZR	10	26	xd7i	translate-names	מַתַּנְיָ֤ה זְכַרְיָה֙ וִ⁠יחִיאֵ֣ל וְ⁠עַבְדִּ֔י וִ⁠ירֵמ֖וֹת וְ⁠אֵלִיָּֽה	1	Матфания, Захария, и Иехиил, и Авдий, и Иремоф, и Елия	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1231	EZR	10	27	t24c	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י זַתּ֑וּא	1	И из сыновей Заффу	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1232	EZR	10	27	x1id	translate-names	אֶלְיוֹעֵנַ֤י אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה וִֽ⁠ירֵמ֔וֹת וְ⁠זָבָ֖ד וַ⁠עֲזִיזָֽא	1	Елиоенай, Елияшив, Матфания, и Иремоф, и Завад, и Азиса	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1233	EZR	10	28	h43s	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י בֵּבָ֑י	1	И из сыновей Бевая	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1234	EZR	10	28	jfh1	translate-names	יְהוֹחָנָ֥ן חֲנַנְיָ֖ה זַבַּ֥י עַתְלָֽי	1	Иоханан, Ханания, Забвай, Афлай	These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1235	EZR	10	29	n4fe	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י בָּנִ֑י	1	И из сыновей Вания	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1236	EZR	10	29	j32x	translate-names	מְשֻׁלָּ֤ם מַלּוּךְ֙ וַ⁠עֲדָיָ֔ה יָשׁ֖וּב וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ל ירמות	1	Мешуллам, Маллух, и Адая, Иашув, и Шеал, Иерамоф	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1237	EZR	10	30	gmx3	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב	1	И из сыновей Пахаф-Моава	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1238	EZR	10	30	phn5	translate-names	עַדְנָ֣א וּ⁠כְלָ֑ל בְּנָיָ֤ה מַעֲשֵׂיָה֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה בְצַלְאֵ֔ל וּ⁠בִנּ֖וּי וּ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה	1	Адна, и Хелал, Венаия, Маасея, Матфания, Веселеил, и Биннуй, и Манассия	These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1239	EZR	10	31	xr3u	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם	1	И сыновья Харима	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1240	EZR	10	31	z6j4	translate-names	אֱלִיעֶ֧זֶר יִשִּׁיָּ֛ה מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה שִׁמְעֽוֹן	1	Елиезер, Ишшия, Малхия, Шемаия, Симеон	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1241	EZR	10	32	gyh9	translate-names	בְּנְיָמִ֥ן מַלּ֖וּךְ שְׁמַרְיָֽה	1	Вениамин, Маллух, Шемария	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1242	EZR	10	33	uek2	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם	1	Из сыновей Хашума	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1243	EZR	10	33	my1a	translate-names	חָשֻׁ֑ם מַתְּנַ֤י מַתַּתָּה֙ זָבָ֣ד אֱלִיפֶ֔לֶט יְרֵמַ֥י מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה שִׁמְעִֽי	1	Хашума: Мафнай, Мафафа, Завад, Елифелет, Иеремай, Манассия, Шимей	These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1244	EZR	10	34	v361	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י	1	Из сыновей Вания	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1245	EZR	10	34	yixc	translate-names	מַעֲדַ֥י עַמְרָ֖ם וְ⁠אוּאֵֽל	1	Маадай, Амрам и Уел	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1246	EZR	10	35	pcb9	translate-names	בְּנָיָ֥ה בֵדְיָ֖ה כלהי	1	Бенаия, Бидья, Келуги	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1247	EZR	10	36	h5e9	translate-names	וַנְיָ֥ה מְרֵמ֖וֹת אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב	1	Ванея, Меремоф, Елияшив	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1248	EZR	10	37	j4vh	translate-names	מַתַּנְיָ֥ה מַתְּנַ֖י ו⁠יעשו	1	Матфания, Мафнай, и Иаасай	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1249	EZR	10	38	z3zn	translate-names	וּ⁠בָנִ֥י וּ⁠בִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי	1	и Ваний, и Биннуй, Шимей	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1250	EZR	10	39	maz3	translate-names	וְ⁠שֶֽׁלֶמְיָ֥ה וְ⁠נָתָ֖ן וַ⁠עֲדָיָֽה	1	и Шелемия, и Нафан, и Адаия	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1251	EZR	10	40	jlxi	translate-names	מַכְנַדְבַ֥י שָׁשַׁ֖י שָׁרָֽי	1	Махнадбай, Шашай, Шарай	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1252	EZR	10	41	mf9g	translate-names	עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְ⁠שֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה	1	Азариел, и Шелемиягу, Шемария	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1253	EZR	10	42	y5rp	translate-names	שַׁלּ֥וּם אֲמַרְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף	1	Шаллум, Амария, Иосиф	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1254	EZR	10	43	cab3	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י נְב֑וֹ	1	Из сыновей Нево	Sons here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1255	EZR	10	43	tih9	translate-names	יְעִיאֵ֤ל מַתִּתְיָה֙ זָבָ֣ד זְבִינָ֔א יַדַּ֥י וְ⁠יוֹאֵ֖ל בְּנָיָֽה	1	Иеиел, Матфифия, Завад, Зевина, Иаддай, и Иоель, Бенаия	These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1256	EZR	10	44	f8ms	figs-idiom	כָּל־אֵ֕לֶּה נָשְׂא֖וּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת	1	Все они взяли себе чужеземных жён	As in 9:2, lifted is an idiom that means “married.” Alternate translation: “All of these men had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1257	EZR	10	44	bri0	figs-explicit	וְ⁠יֵ֣שׁ מֵ⁠הֶ֣ם נָשִׁ֔ים וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֖ימוּ בָּנִֽים	1	и были среди них жёны, и родили сыновей	The implication is that if a foreign wife had borne children, the Israelite husband sent both the wife and her children away, as 10:3 describes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Some of the foreign wives had borne children, and the men who had married them divorced them and sent both them and their children away.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1258	EZR	10	44	kg57	figs-gendernotations	בָּנִֽים	1	сыновей	The term sons here means “children” and includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])